{"title":"Trinocular microscopes","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-ecoblue-ec-1153","title":"EcoBlue EC.1153 Trinocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEcoBlue Trinocular Microscope x1000\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEYEPIECES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• WF 10x\/18 mm wide-field eyepiece with pointer\u003cbr\u003e• The eyepieces of binocular and trinocular models are supplied without a pointer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• 45º inclination on models with a monocular head\u003cbr\u003e• 30º inclination on binocular and trinocular models\u003cbr\u003e• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm\u003cbr\u003e• All binocular and trinocular models have ± 5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece holder\u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360°\u003cbr\u003e• Models with integrated USB-2 digital camera are supplied with a 1\/2” CMOS sensor camera, 5.0 MP (resolution 2560 x 1920 pixels)\u003cbr\u003e• EcoBlue models can be supplied with an optional discussion head\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Quadruple objective nosepiece mounted on ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e• Polarisation models are supplied with a removable analyser\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOBJECTIVES - 45 MM PARFOCAL\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e• Achromatic objectives 4x\/0.10, 10x\/0.25, S40x\/0.65 and S100x\/1.25\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• The S40x, S60x and S100x\/oil immersion objectives are retractable\u003cbr\u003e• HLED-S polarisation models are equipped with semi-plan objectives\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll optics have an anti-fungus coating and a multi-layer coating for greater light transmission\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e(Photo: EC.7004, EC.7010, EC.7020, EC.7040, EC.7060, EC.7000)\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cimg title=\"EC.7004_7010_7020_7040_7060_7000\" alt=\"EC.7004_7010_7020_7040_7060_7000\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/EC.7004_7010_7020_7040_7060_7000.jpg\"\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOCUSING SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Coaxial coarse and fine focusing, fine focus with 200 graduations, 12.5 µm graduation, 2.5 mm per rotation, total travel of approximately 15 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With stage height limit adjustment to protect the specimen and the objectives\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSTAGES\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• 123 x 119 mm flat stage with two specimen clips (optional EC.9500 mechanical stage with 51 x 26 mm X-Y travel)\u003cbr\u003e• 123 x 128 mm mechanical stage with 70 x 27 mm X-Y travel\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Polarisation models are supplied with a circular stage, rotating through 360º, with two specimen clips\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable, with iris diaphragm and filter holder ring\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Polarisation models have a rack and pinion system for adjusting the condenser height, while on all other models the adjustment is by screw thread\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eILLUMINATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg title=\"NeoLED-combined\" alt=\"NeoLED-combined\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/NeoLED-combined.jpg\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Monocular models are supplied with adjustable 1 W LED illumination\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models are supplied with adjustable 1 W NeoLED™ illumination, which increases the light intensity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Models without an X-Y mechanical stage are supplied with an integrated 100-240 V power supply, without rechargeable batteries\u003cbr\u003e• Models with an integrated X-Y mechanical stage are supplied with rechargeable batteries and an external 100-240 V power supply\/charger\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Polarisation models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum). With an integrated 100-240 V power supply, without batteries\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003eDIGITAL MODELS\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCAMERA\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• All digital EcoBlue models are equipped with a 5.0 MP CMOS USB-2 camera\u003cbr\u003e• Maximum resolution of 2560 x 1920, 24-bit colour depth, more than 30 frames per second\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with ImageFocus Plus software, USB-2 cable and 1mm\/100 calibration slide\u003cbr\u003e• 2-year warranty on the camera\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSOFTWARE\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• The ImageFocus Plus image capture and analysis software allows images to be saved in .jpg, .tif, .bmp or .dicom formats\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with ImageFocus Plus for capturing images and videos\u003cbr\u003e• This software also offers a complete range of analysis tools, such as measurements on still and live images and annotations on captured images\u003cbr\u003e• Saves images in .jpg, .tif, .bmp or .dicom format, saves videos in .avi format\u003cbr\u003e• Images can be annotated and measurements can be made on live or captured images\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Compatible with Windows 7, 8, 10 and 11, 32-bit and 64-bit configurations\u003cbr\u003e• A Mac OS Light version for capturing images is also available\u003cbr\u003e• Updates can be downloaded from our website\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.euromex.com\/\"\u003ewww.euromex.com\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.euromex.com\/\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eANTI-THEFT SLOT\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eOn the back of the microscope there is a Kensington security slot that can be used to secure the instrument against theft\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSTORAGE AND TRANSPORT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg title=\"AE.9918_EC\" alt=\"AE.9918_EC\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/images-S\/AE.9918_EC.png\"\u003e\u003cimg title=\"AE.9912\" alt=\"AE.9912\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/images-S\/AE.9912.png\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eFrom left to right: AE.9918 - AE.9912\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s3\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Supplied with power cable or power supply\/charger, white filter, dust cover, fuse, instruction manual and 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models with a 100x objective)\u003cbr\u003e• EcoBlue models with an external power adaptor and X-Y stage (EC.1x5x) are supplied with three rechargeable AA batteries\u003cbr\u003e• All models are supplied in a polystyrene box\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670214644038,"sku":"EC.1153","price":565.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-EC.1153.jpg?v=1730177290"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-microblue-mb-1153","title":"MicroBlue MB.1153 Trinocular Microscope","description":"\u003cdiv data-content-type=\"html\" data-appearance=\"default\" data-element=\"main\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEuromex MicroBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eMicroscopes for teaching must be easy to use and designed with students in mind, which means they must be able to withstand intensive use and handling by inexperienced users. Euromex microscopes, which combine high quality with a very affordable price, meet these requirements perfectly thanks to a design geared towards education and the use of first-class materials.\u003cbr\u003e The modern MicroBlue microscopes are entry-level microscopes, especially suitable for tight budgets. The basic model comes with a fixed-lens condenser and a simple stage. All models with an integrated mechanical stage are supplied with an Abbe condenser. All models are equipped with 35 mm achromatic objectives. They can work cordless as they incorporate rechargeable batteries.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMicroBlue Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S) \u003cbr\u003e• WF 10x \/ 18 mm wide-field eyepieces \u003cbr\u003e• Secured and with pointer for monocular versions HEAD \u003cbr\u003e• Monocular models with 45° inclined tubes \u003cbr\u003e• Binocular models have 45° inclined tubes, an inter-pupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm and a ±5 dioptre adjustment on the left tube \u003cbr\u003e• Trinocular models have 30° inclined tubes, an inter-pupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm and a ±5 dioptre adjustment on the left tube \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50) and produces an upright image \u003cbr\u003e• Two digital heads available: With an integrated USB 2.0 camera with 1.3 MP 1\/2.5” CMOS sensor, 1272 x 952 pixels With an integrated USB 2.0 camera with 5.0 MP 1\/2” CMOS sensor, 2560 x 1920 pixels \u003cbr\u003e• LCD version with 5.6” LCD screen \u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate 360° and are secured, except the LCD head, which is fixed \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE \u003cbr\u003eNosepiece for three or four objectives, inward-facing and mounted on ball bearings \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING \u003cbr\u003e• Coarse and fine focusing knobs, 200 graduations, 15 μm per graduation, 3 mm per fine focus rotation, total travel of approximately 15 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with a stage height stop to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives\u003cbr\u003e• The coarse focus is equipped with tension control \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eAll models are supplied with a 115 x 100 mm stage with 55 x 20 mm X-Y travel, except for the basic model MB.1001, which is supplied with a 105 x 105 mm stage and two fixed specimen clips \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with iris diaphragm and filter holder, except for models MB.1001 and MB.1001-LCD, which are equipped with an N.A. 0.65 condenser with built-in iris diaphragm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• All monocular versions are supplied with 1W LED illumination with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular versions are supplied with a 1W NeoLED ™ illumination system with adjustable intensity \u003cbr\u003e• All models have internal rechargeable batteries with an external 100-240 V battery charger \/ mains adapter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONTENTS INCLUDED \u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with mains adapter charger, white filter, dust cover, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil for models with S100x objective \u003cbr\u003e• Software, USB-2 cable and a 1 mm \/ 100 parts calibration slide are included (for the two camera models) \u003cbr\u003e• External power supply for LCD screen \u003cbr\u003e• Everything packed in a polystyrene box\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670231716166,"sku":"MB.1153","price":473.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-MB.1153.jpg?v=1730177815"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-microblue-mb-1653","title":"Trinocular Microscope MicroBlue MB.1653","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex MicroBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eMicroscopes for teaching must be easy to use and designed with students in mind, which means they must be able to withstand intensive use and handling by non-expert users. Euromex microscopes, which offer high quality at a very affordable price, meet these requirements perfectly thanks to a design strongly geared towards education and the use of first-class materials.\u003cbr\u003e The modern MicroBlue microscopes are entry-level microscopes, especially suitable for tight budgets. The basic model comes with a fixed-lens condenser and a simple stage. All models with an integrated mechanical stage are supplied with an Abbe condenser. All models are equipped with 35 mm achromatic objectives. They can operate cordless as they incorporate rechargeable batteries.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMicroBlue Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S) \u003cbr\u003e• WF 10x \/ 18 mm wide-field eyepieces \u003cbr\u003e• Secured and with pointer for monocular versions HEAD \u003cbr\u003e• Monocular models have 45 ° inclined tubes \u003cbr\u003e• Binocular models have 45 ° inclined tubes, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm and a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left tube \u003cbr\u003e• Trinocular models have 30 ° inclined tubes, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm and a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left tube \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50) and produces an upright image \u003cbr\u003e• Two digital heads available: With an integrated USB 2.0 camera with 1.3 MP 1 \/ 2.5 ” CMOS sensor, 1272 x 952 pixels With an integrated USB 2.0 camera with 5.0 MP 1\/2 ” CMOS sensor, 2560 x 1920 pixels \u003cbr\u003e• LCD version with 5.6” LCD screen \u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360 ° and are secured, except the LCD head, which is fixed \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE \u003cbr\u003eNosepiece for three or four objectives, inward-facing and mounted on ball bearings \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING \u003cbr\u003e• Coarse and fine focus knobs, 200 divisions, 15 μm per division, 3 mm per rotation of the fine focus, total travel of approximately 15 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with a stage height stop to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives\u003cbr\u003e• The coarse focus is equipped with tension control \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eAll models are supplied with a 115 x 100 mm stage with X-Y movement of 55 x 20 mm, except for the basic model MB.1001, which is supplied with a 105 x 105 mm stage and two non-removable specimen clips \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with iris diaphragm and filter holder, except for models MB.1001 and MB.1001-LCD, which are equipped with an N.A. 0.65 condenser with built-in iris diaphragm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• All monocular versions are supplied with 1W LED illumination with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular versions are supplied with a 1W NeoLED ™ illumination system with adjustable intensity \u003cbr\u003e• All models have internal rechargeable batteries with an external 100-240 V battery charger \/ mains adapter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONTENTS INCLUDED \u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with mains adapter charger, white filter, dust cover, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil for models with S100x objective \u003cbr\u003e• The software, USB-2 cable and a 1 mm \/ 100 parts calibration slide are included (for the two camera models) \u003cbr\u003e• External power supply for LCD screen \u003cbr\u003e• Everything packed in a polystyrene box","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670231814470,"sku":"MB.1653","price":388.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-MB.1653.jpg?v=1730177845"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-microblue-mb-1053","title":"MicroBlue MB.1053 Trinocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex MicroBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eMicroscopes for teaching must be easy to use and designed with students in mind, which means they must be able to withstand intensive use and handling by inexperienced users. Euromex microscopes, which offer high quality at a very affordable price, meet these requirements perfectly thanks to a design geared towards education and the use of first-class materials.\u003cbr\u003e The modern MicroBlue microscopes are entry-level instruments, particularly suitable for tight budgets. The basic model comes with a fixed-lens condenser and a simple stage. All models with an integrated mechanical stage are supplied with an Abbe condenser. All models are equipped with 35 mm achromatic objectives. They can work cordlessly, as they incorporate rechargeable batteries.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMicroBlue Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S) \u003cbr\u003e• WF 10x \/ 18 mm wide-field eyepieces \u003cbr\u003e• Secured and with pointer for monocular versions HEAD \u003cbr\u003e• Monocular models have 45 ° inclined tubes \u003cbr\u003e• Binocular models have 45 ° inclined tubes, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm and a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left tube \u003cbr\u003e• Trinocular models have 30 ° inclined tubes, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm and a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left tube \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50) and produces an upright image \u003cbr\u003e• Two digital heads available: With an integrated USB 2.0 camera with 1.3 MP 1 \/ 2.5 ” CMOS sensor, 1272 x 952 pixels With an integrated USB 2.0 camera with 5.0 MP 1\/2 ” CMOS sensor, 2560 x 1920 pixels \u003cbr\u003e• LCD version with 5.6” LCD screen \u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360 ° and are secured, except the LCD head, which is fixed \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE \u003cbr\u003eNosepiece for three or four objectives, inward-facing and mounted on ball bearings \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING \u003cbr\u003e• Coarse and fine focusing knobs, 200 divisions, 15 μm per division, 3 mm per fine focus rotation, total travel of approximately 15 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with a stage height stop to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives\u003cbr\u003e• The coarse focus is equipped with friction control \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eAll models are supplied with a 115 x 100 mm stage with 55 x 20 mm X-Y travel, except for the basic model MB.1001, which is supplied with a 105 x 105 mm stage and two non-removable specimen clips \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with iris diaphragm and filter holder, except for models MB.1001 and MB.1001-LCD, which are equipped with an N.A. 0.65 condenser with built-in iris diaphragm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• All monocular versions are supplied with 1W LED illumination with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular versions are supplied with a 1W NeoLED ™ illumination system with adjustable intensity \u003cbr\u003e• All models have internal rechargeable batteries with an external 100-240 V battery charger \/ mains adapter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONTENTS INCLUDED \u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with mains adapter charger, white filter, dust cover, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil for models with S100x objective \u003cbr\u003e• Software, USB-2 cable and a 1 mm \/ 100 parts calibration slide are included (for the two camera models) \u003cbr\u003e• External power supply for LCD screen \u003cbr\u003e• All packed in a polystyrene box","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670231978310,"sku":"MB.1053","price":428.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-MB.1053.jpg?v=1730177879"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-bioblue-lab-bb-1153-plphi","title":"BioBlue.Lab BB.1153-PLPHi Trinocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue.Lab Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eIt is the flagship of the BlueLine series. BioBlue.Lab is an instrument that meets the highest expectations of microscopy users. These ergonomic, easy-to-use microscopes have been designed specifically for educational and laboratory applications. The 150 x 140 mm stage with rackless X-axis and 75 x 30 mm X-Y travel provides smooth specimen movement and high-precision positioning, which is highly valued in the most demanding cytology and histopathology applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe BioBlue.Lab microscope models offer great functionality and are equipped with WF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces and plan or infinity-corrected plan (IOS) 4x \/ 10x \/ S40x \/ S100x objectives. Versions with plan or infinity-corrected plan (IOS) phase contrast objectives 10x \/ 20x \/ S40x \/ S100x are also available. All models are equipped with a NeoLED illumination system and are available in binocular and trinocular versions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBioBlue.Lab Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003ePair of WF10x\/20 mm wide-field eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf-type binocular and trinocular models, inclined at 30° and rotatable through 360° with a locking screw and Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes.\u003cbr\u003eThe interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 and 75 mm. ±5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece tube. The trinocular head has a light distribution of 50% observation \/ 50% photography and produces an unreversed image\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple reversed nosepiece mounted on ball bearings. With slot (BB.9602)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eBioBlue.Lab microscopes are equipped with plan achromat, infinity-corrected plan achromat (IOS) and infinity-corrected plan achromat phase (IOS) objectives. Plan achromat and infinity-corrected plan achromat (IOS) objectives of 20x\/0.40 and S60x\/0.85 are also available as options. The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable. All optical components have an anti-fungus treatment and anti-reflection coatings for maximum light transmission \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing with 1.5 μm precision, 200 graduations per turn of the fine focus (0.3 mm). Total travel of approximately 28 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e150 x 140 mm stage with rackless X-axis. X-Y travel of 75 x 30 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable, with filter holder ring and iris diaphragm. Supplied with a white filter\u003cbr\u003eZernike phase contrast kit for infinity-corrected (IOS) PLPHi 10\/20\/40\/100x phase objectives, rotating condenser with 4 phase rings, phase centring telescope and green filter. The Zernike condenser also allows brightfield observation \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eAll models have adjustable-intensity illumination based on a 3W NeoLED™. Internal power supply 100-240 VAC\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWEIGHT\u003cbr\u003eThe weight of the BioBlue.Lab model is approximately 5.5 kg \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil and white or green filter (depending on the model). Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670232961350,"sku":"BB.1153-PLPHi","price":1781.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.1153-PLPHi.jpg?v=1730177909"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-bioblue-lab-bb-1153-pli","title":"BioBlue.Lab BB.1153-PLi Trinocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue.Lab Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eIt is the flagship of the BlueLine series. BioBlue.Lab is an instrument that meets the highest expectations of microscopy users. These ergonomic, easy-to-use microscopes have been specifically designed for educational and laboratory applications. The 150 x 140 mm stage with no rack on the X axis and X-Y travel of 75 x 30 mm provides smooth specimen movement and highly precise positioning, which is greatly valued in the most demanding cytology and histopathology applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBioBlue.Lab microscope models offer great functionality and are fitted with WF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces and plan or infinity-corrected plan (IOS) 4x \/ 10x \/ S40x \/ S100x objectives. Versions with plan or infinity-corrected plan (IOS) phase contrast objectives 10x \/ 20x \/ S40x \/ S100x are also available. All models are equipped with a NeoLED illumination system and are available in binocular and trinocular versions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBioBlue.Lab Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003ePair of WF10x\/20 mm wide-field eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003eBinocular and trinocular Siedentopf-type models, inclined at 30° and rotatable through 360° with locking screw, with Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes.\u003cbr\u003eThe interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 and 75 mm. ±5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece tube. The trinocular head has a light distribution of 50% observation \/ 50% photography and produces a non-inverted image\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple reversed nosepiece mounted on ball bearings. With slot (BB.9602)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eBioBlue.Lab microscopes are equipped with plan achromatic, infinity-corrected plan achromatic (IOS) and infinity-corrected plan achromatic phase (IOS) objectives. Optional 20x\/0.40 and S60x\/0.85 plan achromatic and infinity-corrected plan achromatic (IOS) objectives are also available. The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable. All optical components have an anti-fungus treatment and anti-reflection coatings for maximum light transmission \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1.5 μm precision, 200 graduations per turn of the fine focus (0.3 mm). Total travel of approximately 28 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e150 x 140 mm stage with no rack on the X axis. X-Y travel of 75 x 30 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable, with filter holder ring and iris diaphragm. Supplied with white filter\u003cbr\u003eZernike phase contrast kit for infinity-corrected (IOS) PLPHi 10\/20\/40\/100x phase objectives, rotating condenser with 4 phase rings, centring telescope for phase alignment and green filter. The Zernike condenser also allows brightfield observation \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eAll models have adjustable-intensity illumination based on a 3W NeoLED™. Internal power supply 100-240 VAC\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWEIGHT\u003cbr\u003eThe BioBlue.Lab model weighs approximately 5.5 kg \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil and white or green filter (depending on the model). Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670233846086,"sku":"BB.1153-PLi","price":868.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.1153-PLi.jpg?v=1730177970"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-bioblue-lab-bb-1153-pl","title":"BioBlue.Lab BB.1153-PL Trinocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue.Lab Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eIt is the flagship of the BlueLine series. BioBlue.Lab is an instrument that precisely meets the highest expectations of microscopy users. These ergonomic, easy-to-use microscopes have been specifically designed for educational and laboratory applications. The 150 x 140 mm stage with rackless X-axis and 75 x 30 mm X-Y travel provides smooth specimen movement and high-precision positioning, which is highly valued in the most demanding cytology and histopathology applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBioBlue.Lab microscope models offer great functionality and are equipped with WF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces and plan or plan infinity-corrected (IOS) objectives 4x \/ 10x \/ S40x \/ S100x. Versions with plan or plan infinity-corrected (IOS) phase contrast objectives 10x \/ 20x \/ S40x \/ S100x are also available. All models are equipped with a NeoLED illumination system and are available in binocular and trinocular versions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBioBlue.Lab Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003ePair of WF10x\/20 mm wide-field eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf-type binocular and trinocular models, inclined at 30°, rotatable through 360° with locking screw and Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes.\u003cbr\u003eThe interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 and 75 mm. ±5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece tube. The trinocular head has a light distribution of 50% observation \/ 50% photography and produces a non-inverted image\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple reverse nosepiece mounted on ball bearings. With slot (BB.9602)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eBioBlue.Lab microscopes are equipped with plan achromatic, plan achromatic infinity-corrected (IOS) and plan achromatic phase infinity-corrected (IOS) objectives. Plan achromatic and plan achromatic infinity-corrected (IOS) 20x\/0.40 and S60x\/0.85 objectives are also available as options. The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable. All optical components have anti-fungus treatment and anti-reflection coatings for maximum light transmission\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with a precision of 1.5 μm, 200 graduations per fine focus revolution (0.3 mm). Total travel of approximately 28 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eRackless stage on X-axis, 150 x 140 mm. X-Y travel of 75 x 30 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable, with filter holder ring and iris diaphragm. Supplied with white filter\u003cbr\u003eZernike phase contrast kit for PLPHi 10\/20\/40\/100x infinity-corrected (IOS) phase objectives, rotating condenser with 4 phase rings, centring telescope for phase alignment and green filter. The Zernike condenser also allows brightfield observation\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eAll models feature adjustable intensity illumination based on a 3W NeoLED™. Internal power supply 100-240 VAC\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWEIGHT\u003cbr\u003eThe weight of the BioBlue.Lab model is approximately 5.5 kg\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil and white or green filter (depending on model). Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670234009926,"sku":"BB.1153-PL","price":837.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.1153-PL.jpg?v=1730178035"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-bioblue-bb-4253-p-hled","title":"BioBlue BB.4253-P-HLED Trinocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe extensive experience of the Euromex optical engineers has contributed to the development and introduction of the BioBlue series, with the best optical components and fully guaranteed performance, which means clear, sharp images at all magnifications. The modern BioBlue series microscopes are designed especially for educational purposes, paying particular attention to ergonomics and current quality standards.\u003cbr\u003e The DIN WF 10x\/18 eyepieces and the 45 mm DIN semi-plan achromatic objectives of the BioBlue models produce sharp, high-resolution images. When you change magnification, the image remains perfectly focused and centred. The simple 120 x 120 mm stage and the 130 x 130 mm mechanical stage with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel allow the specimen to be positioned with a precision of 2 µm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBioBlue Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003e• WF10x\/18 mm wide field\u003cbr\u003e• With fixing and pointer on monocular models\u003cbr\u003e• BioBlue EVO models are supplied with WF10x\/20 mm eyepieces \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360° and have a locking screw\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular head with 45° inclination\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models with 30° inclination, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm, with ± 5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50) and produces an image\u003cbr\u003e• Models with a digital head are supplied with an integrated 5.0 MP (2560 x 1920 pixels) USB 2.0 CMOS camera with a 1\/2 “ sensor\u003cbr\u003e• Optional discussion head\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eInward-facing quadruple nosepiece mounted on ball bearings.\u003cbr\u003ePolarising models are supplied with a removable analyser\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with semi-plan objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85, S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion. The objective configuration depends on the model \u003cbr\u003e• The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable (prevents damage to the specimen and the objectives) \u003cbr\u003eAll optical components have an anti-fungus treatment and anti-reflection coatings to optimise light transmission\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eF O C U S I N G\u003cbr\u003e• Coaxial coarse and fine focusing. Precision of 2 μm per graduation, 200 graduations and 0.4 mm per rotation of the fine focus\u003cbr\u003e• Total travel of 23 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With stage height limit to protect the specimen and the objectives\u003cbr\u003e• With tension adjustment system \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical, 130 x 130 mm with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel. Except on models BB.4200 and BB.4205\u003cbr\u003e• These models have a 120 x 120 mm stage with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models have a 129 mm circular stage, rotating through 360°, with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISING MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Equipped with an analyser mounted on a slide that can be removed from under the head\u003cbr\u003e• Rotating polariser graduated through 360°, mounted on the lamp holder\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an internal 100-240V power supply\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising accessories for standard microscopes are available as an option\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable, with iris diaphragm and filter holder ring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeoLEDTM ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models include a 1W NeoLED™ illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular models include a 1W LED illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an integrated 100-240 V power supply. However, 20 W halogen illumination is also available for polarising models on special request\u003cbr\u003e• EVO models are supplied with NeoLED ™ Köhler illumination\u003cbr\u003e• All BioBlue microscopes, except the halogen models, are supplied with rechargeable batteries and an integrated power supply.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAPL (ANTIBACTERIAL PROTECTION LAYER)\u003cbr\u003eAPL (Anti-bacterial Protection Layer) is a revolutionary paint treatment applied to the most critical parts of our products. \u003cbr\u003eA microscope with APL will restrict the growth of microorganisms, including bacteria and mould","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670234894662,"sku":"BB.4253-P-HLED","price":859.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.4253-P-HLED.jpg?v=1730178097"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-bioblue-bb-4243-p-hled","title":"BioBlue BB.4243-P-HLED Trinocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe extensive experience of Euromex's optical engineers has contributed to the development and introduction of the BioBlue series with the best optical components and fully reliable performance, which means clear, sharp images at all magnifications. The modern microscopes in the BioBlue series are designed specifically for educational purposes, with particular attention to ergonomics and current quality standards.\u003cbr\u003e The WF 10x\/18 DIN eyepieces and the 45 mm semi-plan achromatic DIN objectives of the BioBlue models produce sharp, high-resolution images. When you change magnification, the image remains perfectly focused and centred. The 120 x 120 mm plain stage and the 130 x 130 mm mechanical stage with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel allow the specimen to be positioned with a precision of 2 µm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBioBlue Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003e• WF10x\/18 mm wide field\u003cbr\u003e• Fixed, with pointer on monocular models\u003cbr\u003e• BioBlue EVO models are supplied with WF10x\/20 mm eyepieces \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360° with a locking screw\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular head inclined at 45°\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models inclined at 30°, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm, with ± 5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50) and produces one image\u003cbr\u003e• Models with a digital head are supplied with an integrated 5.0 MP USB 2.0 CMOS camera (2560 x 1920 pixels) with a 1\/2 \" sensor\u003cbr\u003e• Optional discussion head\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eInward-facing quadruple nosepiece mounted on ball bearings.\u003cbr\u003ePolarising models are supplied with a removable analyser\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with semi-plan objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85, S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion. The objective configuration depends on the model \u003cbr\u003e• The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are spring-loaded (prevents damage to the specimen and the objectives) \u003cbr\u003eAll optical components have an anti-fungus treatment and anti-reflection coatings to optimise light transmission\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eF O C U S I N G\u003cbr\u003e• Coaxial coarse and fine focusing. Precision of 2 μm per graduation, 200 graduations and 0.4 mm per rotation of the fine focus\u003cbr\u003e• Total travel of 23 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With stage height limit to protect the specimen and the objectives\u003cbr\u003e• With tension adjustment system \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical, 130 x 130 mm with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel. Except on models BB.4200 and BB.4205\u003cbr\u003e• These models have a 120 x 120 mm stage with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models have a 129 mm circular stage, rotating through 360°, with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISING MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Fitted with an analyser mounted on a slide that can be removed from under the head\u003cbr\u003e• Polariser graduated through 360° and mounted on the lamp holder\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an internal 100-240V power supply\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising accessories for standard microscopes are available as an option\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable, with iris diaphragm and filter holder ring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeoLEDTM ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models include a 1W NeoLED™ illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular models include a 1W LED illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an integrated 100-240 V power supply. However, 20 W halogen illumination is also available for polarising models on special order\u003cbr\u003e• EVO models are supplied with NeoLED ™ Köhler illumination\u003cbr\u003e• All BioBlue microscopes, except the halogen models, are supplied with rechargeable batteries and an integrated power supply.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAPL (ANTIBACTERIAL PROTECTION LAYER)\u003cbr\u003eAPL (Anti-bacterial Protection Layer) is a revolutionary paint treatment applied to the most critical parts of our products. \u003cbr\u003eA microscope with APL will restrict the growth of microorganisms, including bacteria and mould","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670235058502,"sku":"BB.4243-P-HLED","price":859.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.4243-P-HLED.jpg?v=1730178132"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-bioblue-bb-4241-p-hled","title":"BioBlue BB.4241-P-HLED Trinocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe extensive experience of Euromex's optical engineers has contributed to the development and introduction of the BioBlue series, with the best optical components and fully guaranteed performance, which means clear, sharp images at all magnifications. The modern BioBlue series microscopes are designed especially for educational purposes, paying particular attention to ergonomics and current quality standards.\u003cbr\u003e The DIN WF 10x\/18 eyepieces and the 45 mm DIN semi-plan achromatic objectives of the BioBlue models produce sharp, high-resolution images. When you change magnification, the image remains perfectly in focus and centred. The 120 x 120 mm plain stage and the 130 x 130 mm mechanical stage with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel allow the specimen to be positioned with a precision of 2 µm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBioBlue Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003e• WF10x\/18 mm wide field\u003cbr\u003e• With locking and pointer on the monocular models\u003cbr\u003e• BioBlue EVO models are supplied with WF10x\/20 mm eyepieces \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360° and have a locking screw\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular head with 45° inclination\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models with 30° inclination, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm, with ± 5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50) and produces an image\u003cbr\u003e• Models with a digital head are supplied with an integrated USB 2.0 CMOS camera of 5.0 MP (2560 x 1920 pixels) with a 1\/2 “ sensor\u003cbr\u003e• Optional discussion head\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eInward-facing quadruple nosepiece mounted on ball bearings.\u003cbr\u003ePolarising models are supplied with a removable analyser\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with semi-plan objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85, S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion. The objective configuration depends on the model \u003cbr\u003e• The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable (prevents damage to the specimen and the objectives) \u003cbr\u003eAll optical components have an anti-fungus treatment and an anti-reflection coating to optimise light transmission\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eF O C U S I N G\u003cbr\u003e• Coaxial coarse and fine focus. Precision of 2 μm per division, 200 divisions and 0.4 mm per rotation of the fine focus\u003cbr\u003e• Total travel of 23 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With stage height limit to protect the specimen and the objectives\u003cbr\u003e• With tension adjustment system \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 130 x 130 mm with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel. Except on models BB.4200 and BB.4205\u003cbr\u003e• These models have a 120 x 120 mm stage with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models have a 129 mm circular stage, rotating through 360°, with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISING MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Equipped with an analyser mounted on a slide that can be pulled out below the head\u003cbr\u003e• 360° graduated rotating polariser mounted on the lamp holder\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an internal 100-240V power supply\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising accessories for standard microscopes are available as an option\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable, with iris diaphragm and filter holder ring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeoLEDTM ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models include a 1W NeoLED™ illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular models include a 1W LED illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an integrated 100-240 V power supply. However, 20 W halogen illumination is also available for polarising models on special order\u003cbr\u003e• EVO models are supplied with NeoLED ™ Köhler illumination\u003cbr\u003e• All BioBlue microscopes, except the halogen models, are supplied with rechargeable batteries and an integrated power supply.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAPL (ANTIBACTERIAL PROTECTION LAYER)\u003cbr\u003eAPL (Anti-bacterial Protection Layer) is a revolutionary paint treatment applied to the most critical parts of our products. \u003cbr\u003eA microscope with APL will restrict the growth of microorganisms, including bacteria and mould","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670235124038,"sku":"BB.4241-P-HLED","price":807.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.4241-P-HLED.jpg?v=1730178162"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-bioblue-bb-4253-e","title":"BioBlue BB.4253-E Trinocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue Evo Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe extensive experience of Euromex's optical engineers has contributed to the development and introduction of the BioBlue series, with the best optical components and fully guaranteed performance, which means clear, sharp images at all magnifications. The modern microscopes of the BioBlue series are designed especially for educational purposes, with particular attention to ergonomics and current quality standards.\u003cbr\u003e The DIN WF 10x\/18 eyepieces and the 45 mm DIN semi-plan achromatic objectives of the BioBlue models produce sharp, high-resolution images. When you change magnification, the image remains perfectly focused and centred. The simple 120 x 120 mm stage and the 130 x 130 mm mechanical stage with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel allow the specimen to be positioned with a precision of 2 µm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications BioBlue Evo Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003eWF10x\/20mm wide-field eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• 360° rotatable head with locking screw\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models inclined at 30°. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 and 75 mm. ±5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a light distribution of 50% observation \/ 50% photography and produces a non-inverted image\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple reversed nosepiece mounted on ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e• The microscopes are equipped with semi-plan objectives 4x\/0.10,10x\/0.25, S40x\/0.65 and S100x\/1.25 \u003cbr\u003e• The S40x and S100x objectives are spring-loaded (retractable) \u003cbr\u003eAll optical components have an anti-fungus treatment and anti-reflection coatings for maximum light transmission \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003e• Coarse and fine focusing with 200 graduations\u003cbr\u003e• Precision of 1.5 μm per graduation, 0.4 mm per revolution of the fine focus \u003cbr\u003e• Total travel of approximately 23 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With a safety stop to limit the height of the stage and protect the specimen and high-magnification objectives\u003cbr\u003e• With focus tension adjustment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e130 x 130 mm mechanical stage with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable, with filter holder ring and iris diaphragm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeoLED ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e • All models feature illumination with adjustable intensity based on a 1W NeoLED™. It produces even illumination of the specimen and eliminates any interference from dust on the lenses and side glare from the light source (halogen version on request)\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with rechargeable batteries and an integrated power supply for cordless operation\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670240629062,"sku":"BB.4253-E","price":680.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.4253-E.jpg?v=1730178537"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-bioblue-bb-4253","title":"BioBlue BB.4253 Trinocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe extensive experience of Euromex's optical engineers has contributed to the development and introduction of the BioBlue series, with the best optical components and fully guaranteed performance, which means clear, sharp images at all magnifications. The modern microscopes of the BioBlue series are designed especially for educational purposes, with particular attention to ergonomics and current quality standards.\u003cbr\u003e The DIN WF 10x\/18 eyepieces and the 45 mm DIN semi-plan achromatic objectives of the BioBlue models produce sharp, high-resolution images. When you change magnification, the image remains perfectly focused and centred. The 120 x 120 mm plain stage and the 130 x 130 mm mechanical stage with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel allow the specimen to be positioned with a precision of 2 µm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBioBlue Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003e• WF10x\/18 mm wide field\u003cbr\u003e• With locking and pointer on monocular models\u003cbr\u003e• BioBlue EVO models are supplied with WF10x\/20 mm eyepieces \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360° with a locking screw\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular head with 45° inclination\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models with 30° inclination, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm, with ± 5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50) and produces an image\u003cbr\u003e• Models with a digital head are supplied with an integrated USB 2.0 CMOS camera of 5.0 MP (2560 x 1920 pixels) with a 1\/2 “ sensor\u003cbr\u003e• Optional discussion head\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple, inward-facing and mounted on ball bearings.\u003cbr\u003ePolarising models are supplied with a removable analyser\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with semi-plan objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85, S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion. The objective configuration depends on the model \u003cbr\u003e• The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable (prevents damage to the specimen and the objectives) \u003cbr\u003eAll optical components have an anti-fungal treatment and an anti-reflection coating to optimise light transmission\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eF O C U S I N G\u003cbr\u003e• Coaxial coarse and fine focusing. Precision of 2 μm per division, 200 divisions and 0.4 mm per rotation of fine focus\u003cbr\u003e• Total travel of 23 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With stage height limit to protect the specimen and the objectives\u003cbr\u003e• With tension adjustment system \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical, 130 x 130 mm with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel. Except on models BB.4200 and BB.4205\u003cbr\u003e• These models have a 120 x 120 mm stage with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models have a 129 mm circular stage, rotating through 360°, with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISING MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Fitted with an analyser mounted on a slide that can be removed from under the head\u003cbr\u003e• Rotating polariser graduated through 360°, mounted on the lamp holder\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an internal 100-240V power supply\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising accessories for standard microscopes are available as an option\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable, with iris diaphragm and filter holder ring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeoLEDTM ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models include a 1W NeoLED™ illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular models include a 1W LED illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an integrated 100-240 V power supply. However, 20 W halogen illumination is also available for polarising models on special order\u003cbr\u003e• EVO models are supplied with NeoLED ™ Köhler illumination\u003cbr\u003e• All BioBlue microscopes, except the halogen models, are supplied with rechargeable batteries and an integrated power supply.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAPL (ANTIBACTERIAL PROTECTION LAYER)\u003cbr\u003eAPL (Anti-bacterial Protection Layer) is a revolutionary paint treatment applied to the most critical parts of our products. \u003cbr\u003eA microscope with APL will restrict the growth of microorganisms, including bacteria and mould","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670240792902,"sku":"BB.4253","price":625.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.4253.jpg?v=1730178568"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-bioblue-bb-4243","title":"BioBlue BB.4243 Trinocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe extensive experience of the Euromex optical engineers has contributed to the development and introduction of the BioBlue series, with the best optical components and fully guaranteed performance, which means clear, sharp images at all magnifications. The modern microscopes of the BioBlue series are designed especially for educational purposes, paying particular attention to ergonomics and current quality standards.\u003cbr\u003e The DIN WF 10x\/18 eyepieces and the 45 mm DIN semi-plan achromatic objectives of the BioBlue models produce sharp, high-resolution images. When you change magnification, the image remains perfectly focused and centred. The 120 x 120 mm plain stage and the 130 x 130 mm mechanical stage with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel allow the specimen to be positioned with a precision of 2 µm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBioBlue Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003e• WF10x\/18 mm wide field\u003cbr\u003e• With locking and pointer on monocular models\u003cbr\u003e• BioBlue EVO models are supplied with WF10x\/20 mm eyepieces \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360° and have a safety screw\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular head with 45° inclination\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models with 30° inclination, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm, with ± 5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50) and produces one image\u003cbr\u003e• Models with a digital head are supplied with an integrated USB 2.0 CMOS camera of 5.0 MP (2560 x 1920 pixels) with a 1\/2 “ sensor\u003cbr\u003e• Optional discussion head\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple, inward-facing and mounted on ball bearings.\u003cbr\u003ePolarising models are supplied with a removable analyser\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with semi-plan objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85, S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion. The objective configuration depends on the model \u003cbr\u003e• The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable (prevents damage to the specimen and the objectives) \u003cbr\u003eAll optical components have an anti-fungus coating and an anti-reflection coating to optimise light transmission\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eF O C U S I N G\u003cbr\u003e• Coaxial coarse and fine focus. Precision of 2 μm per division, 200 divisions and 0.4 mm per rotation of the fine focus\u003cbr\u003e• Total travel of 23 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With stage height limit to protect the specimen and the objectives\u003cbr\u003e• With tension adjustment system \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical, 130 x 130 mm with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel. Except on models BB.4200 and BB.4205\u003cbr\u003e• These models have a 120 x 120 mm stage with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models have a 129 mm circular stage, rotating through 360°, with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISING MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Equipped with an analyser mounted on a slide that can be removed from below the head\u003cbr\u003e• Rotating polariser graduated through 360°, mounted on the lamp holder\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an internal 100-240V power supply\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising accessories for standard microscopes are available as an option\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable, with iris diaphragm and filter holder ring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeoLEDTM ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models include a NeoLED™ 1W illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular models include a 1W LED illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an integrated 100-240 V power supply. However, 20 W halogen illumination is also available for polarising models on special request\u003cbr\u003e• EVO models are supplied with NeoLED ™ Köhler illumination\u003cbr\u003e• All BioBlue microscopes, except the halogen models, are supplied with rechargeable batteries and an integrated power supply.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAPL (ANTIBACTERIAL PROTECTION LAYER)\u003cbr\u003eAPL (Anti-bacterial Protection Layer) is a revolutionary paint treatment applied to the most critical parts of our products. \u003cbr\u003eA microscope with APL will restrict the growth of microorganisms, including bacteria and mould","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670240825670,"sku":"BB.4243","price":625.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.4243.jpg?v=1730178599"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-bs-1153-epl-df","title":"Trinocular Microscope BS.1153-EPL\/DF","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex bScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003ebScope microscopes have been designed for intensive use in research at secondary schools, universities, small laboratories and veterinary applications. In addition to an excellent ergonomic design, these robust, competitively priced microscopes are available in several configurations with HWF10x\/20 mm eyepieces and objectives for brightfield and phase contrast.\u003cbr\u003e An ergonomic and flexible design, with features such as eyepieces with two viewing heights, low-position focusing knobs and stage controls, and an LED illumination system, minimises fatigue during long working sessions and so provides greater comfort for microscopists. The compact size of the bScope and its power cable storage system allow more workspace, safer transport and easy storage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the bScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003eHWF 10x \/ 20 mm wide-field eyepieces. Can be locked in place. On monocular models the eyepiece is supplied with a pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• The bScope is equipped with a monocular head (inclined at 45° with an eyepiece tube of Ø 23.2 mm) or a Siedentopf head, rotatable through 360 °, inclined at 30 ° and with eyepiece tubes of Ø 23.2 mm \u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models are equipped with a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left eyepiece holder \u003cbr\u003e• The interpupillary distance is adjustable from 48 to 76 mm• The trinocular head comes with a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port, which ensures maximum flexibility. The internal prisms of the head are designed to minimise light absorption and obtain perfect digital images \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two viewing positions: high (431 mm) and low (377 mm). Only for IOS models\u003cbr\u003e• On page 4 you will find the technical details for the models with integrated camera\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple or quintuple inward-facing nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eThe latest-generation production techniques and multilayer coatings used to manufacture the bScope objectives make it possible to use the bScope for the most demanding applications. Correction of spherical aberration and modern CNC and assembly technology ensure perfect centring of the objectives \u003cbr\u003e• Brightfield models: E-Plan, Plan, infinity-corrected E-plan (IOS) and infinity-corrected Plan (IOS) achromatic plan objectives. Magnifications 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models: E-plan achromatic plan phase objectives, infinity-corrected E-plan Phase (IOS) and infinity-corrected Plan phase (IOS). Magnifications 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing knobs in a low position. Fine focus with 180 graduations. Precision 1.11 μm, 200 μm per rotation, total travel of approximately 19 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage lifting stop to avoid damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focus is equipped with tension adjustment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope is equipped with a scratch-resistant 152\/197 x 131 mm stage with an integrated rackless mechanical stage on the X axis and X-Y travel of 75 x 36 mm, with vernier, and a soft-closing, removable specimen holder. The rackless stage on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer to use. The low-position X-Y control knobs prevent fatigue during long working sessions. \u003cbr\u003eThe bScope can be fitted with an optional heating stage up to 50 ° Celsius by means of a PID temperature controller. Only available for new microscope units \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe N.A. 1.25 height-adjustable condenser for brightfield comes with an iris diaphragm and a rotating filter holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eThe Zernike condenser for phase contrast is height-adjustable. It consists of an N.A. 1.25 condenser, 10-20x \/ 40x and 100x phase rings, an iris diaphragm, a swing-out filter holder and also a BF position for brightfield observation. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSLIDER CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable N.A. 1.25 condenser with a slot for phase contrast sliders. The condenser has an iris diaphragm and a filter holder. Sliders with 10x\/40x or 20x\/100x phase rings. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISATION\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope has an integrated slot above the nosepiece for an optional polarising filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003ebScope microscopes are equipped with a NeoLED 3W illumination system with adjustable intensity. Integrated 100-240 V AC power supply. Optional rechargeable battery kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKÖHLER ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eFor all bScope models with infinity-corrected objectives (IOS) the illumination system is NeoLED 3W Köhler. The Köhler system provides the highest possible contrast and the maximum achievable resolving power. It produces uniform illumination of the specimen and eliminates all interference from dust on the lenses and side glare from the light source\u003cbr\u003eKöhler illumination is optional for non-IOS models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCORDLESS USE\u003cbr\u003eThe optional rechargeable batteries turn the bScope into a cordless instrument\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCSS - CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eAllows users to easily store excess cable length at the back of the instrument during operation and to wind up the power cable for easy storage\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle integrated into the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eANTI-THEFT SLOT\u003cbr\u003eAt the back of the microscope there is a Kensington Security Slot, which can be used to protect the instrument from theft\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003eThe Smart Styrofoam packaging has a low environmental footprint while maintaining maximum safety during transport. Supplied with a power cable, dust cover, tools, spare fuse, white filter, user manual and 5 ml of immersion oil. Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase alignment eyepiece. An optional aluminium case can be supplied","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670243250502,"sku":"BS.1153-EPL\/DF","price":1780.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/BS.1153-EPL.DF.jpg?v=1792951325"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-bs-1153-pli-4n","title":"Trinocular Microscope BS.1153-PLi\/4N","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex bScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003ebScope microscopes have been designed for intensive use in research in secondary schools, universities, small laboratories and veterinary applications. In addition to an excellent ergonomic design, these robust, competitively priced microscopes are available in several configurations with HWF10x\/20 mm eyepieces and objectives for brightfield and phase contrast.\u003cbr\u003e An ergonomic and flexible design, with features such as eyepieces with two viewing heights, low-positioned focus knobs and stage controls, and an LED illumination system, helps to minimise fatigue during long working sessions and provides greater comfort for microscopists. The compact size of the bScope and its power cable storage system allow more workspace, safer transport and easy storage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications bScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003eHWF 10x \/ 20 mm wide-field eyepieces. Locking option available. On monocular models the eyepiece is supplied with a pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• The bScope is equipped with a monocular head (inclined at 45° with an eyepiece tube of Ø 23.2 mm) or a Siedentopf head, rotating 360 °, inclined at 30 ° and with eyepiece tubes of Ø 23.2 mm \u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models are equipped with a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left eyepiece holder \u003cbr\u003e• The interpupillary distance is adjustable from 48 to 76 mm• The trinocular head comes with a Ø 23,2 mm documentation port, which ensures maximum flexibility. The internal prisms of the head are designed to minimise light absorption and obtain perfect digital images \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two viewing positions: high (431 mm) and low (377 mm). Only for IOS models\u003cbr\u003e• On page 4 you will find the technical details for models with integrated camera\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple or quintuple inward-facing nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eThe latest-generation production techniques and multilayer coatings used to manufacture the bScope objectives allow the bScope to be used for the most demanding applications. Spherical aberration correction and modern CNC and assembly technology ensure perfect centring of the objectives \u003cbr\u003e• Brightfield models: E-Plan, Plan, infinity-corrected E-plan (IOS) and infinity-corrected Plan (IOS) plan achromatic objectives. Magnifications 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models: E-plan plan achromatic phase objectives, infinity-corrected E-plan Phase (IOS) and infinity-corrected Plan phase (IOS). Magnifications 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focus knobs in a low position. Fine focus with 180 graduations. Precision 1.11 μm, 200 μm per rotation, total travel of approximately 19 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage height stop to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focus is equipped with tension adjustment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope is equipped with a scratch-resistant 152\/197 x 131 mm stage with integrated rackless mechanical stage on the X axis and X-Y travel of 75 x 36 mm, with vernier, and a removable soft-closing specimen clip. The rackless stage on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer to use. The low-position X-Y control knobs prevent fatigue during long working sessions. \u003cbr\u003eThe bScope can be fitted with an optional heating stage up to 50 ° Celsius via a PID temperature controller. Only available for new microscope units \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe N.A. 1.25 height-adjustable condenser for brightfield comes with an iris diaphragm and a rotating filter holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eThe Zernike condenser for phase contrast is height-adjustable. It consists of an N.A. 1.25 condenser, phase rings 10-20x \/ 40x and 100x, an iris diaphragm, a swing-out filter holder and also a BF position for brightfield observation. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSLIDER CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable N.A. 1.25 condenser with a slot for phase contrast sliders. The condenser has an iris diaphragm and a filter holder. Sliders with phase rings 10x\/40x or 20x\/100x. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISATION\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope has an integrated slot above the nosepiece for an optional polarising filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003ebScope microscopes are equipped with a NeoLED 3W illumination system with adjustable intensity. Integrated 100-240 VAC power supply. Optional rechargeable battery kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKÖHLER ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eFor all bScope models with infinity-corrected objectives (IOS) the illumination system is Köhler NeoLED 3W. The Köhler system provides the highest possible contrast and the maximum achievable resolving power. It generates uniform illumination of the specimen and eliminates all interference from dust on the lenses and stray light from the light source\u003cbr\u003eKöhler illumination is optional for non-IOS models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCORDLESS USE\u003cbr\u003eThe optional rechargeable batteries turn the bScope into a cordless instrument\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCSS - CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eAllows users to easily store excess cable length at the back of the instrument during operation and to wind up the power cable for easy storage\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle integrated into the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eANTI-THEFT SLOT\u003cbr\u003eAt the back of the microscope there is a Kensington Security Slot, which can be used to protect the instrument from theft\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eINCLUDED CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003eThe Smart Styrofoam packaging has a low environmental footprint while maintaining maximum safety during transport. Supplied with power cable, dust cover, tools, spare fuse, white filter, user manual and 5 ml of immersion oil. Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase alignment eyepiece. An optional aluminium case can be supplied","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670243348806,"sku":"BS.1153-PLi\/4N","price":951.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/BS.1153-PLi.4N.jpg?v=1792951329"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-bs-1153-pli","title":"Trinocular Microscope BS.1153-PLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex bScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003ebScope microscopes have been designed for intensive use in research in secondary schools, universities, small laboratories and veterinary applications. In addition to an excellent ergonomic design, these robust, competitively priced microscopes are available in several configurations with HWF10x\/20 mm eyepieces and objectives for brightfield and phase contrast.\u003cbr\u003e An ergonomic and flexible design, with features such as eyepieces with two observation heights, low-position focus knobs and stage controls, and an LED illumination system, helps to minimise fatigue during long working sessions and so provides greater comfort for microscopists. The compact size of the bScope and its power cable storage system allow more workspace, safer transport and easier storage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the bScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003eHWF 10x \/ 20 mm wide-field eyepieces. Can be locked in place. On monocular models the eyepiece is supplied with a pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• The bScope is equipped with a monocular head (inclined at 45° and with an eyepiece tube of Ø 23.2 mm) or a Siedentopf-type head, rotatable through 360 °, inclined at 30 ° and with eyepiece tubes of Ø 23.2 mm \u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models are equipped with a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• The interpupillary distance is adjustable from 48 to 76 mm• The trinocular head comes with a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port, ensuring maximum flexibility. The internal prisms of the head are designed to minimise light absorption and obtain perfect digital images \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system allowing two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (377 mm). Only for IOS models\u003cbr\u003e• On page 4 you will find the technical details for models with an integrated camera\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple or quintuple nosepiece, inward-facing and mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eThe latest-generation production techniques and multilayer coatings used to manufacture the bScope objectives make it possible to use the bScope for the most demanding applications. Spherical aberration correction and modern CNC and assembly technology ensure perfect centring of the objectives \u003cbr\u003e• Brightfield models: E-Plan, Plan, infinity-corrected E-plan (IOS) and infinity-corrected Plan (IOS) achromatic plan objectives. Magnification factors 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models: E-plan achromatic plan phase objectives, infinity-corrected E-plan Phase (IOS) and infinity-corrected Plan phase (IOS). Magnification factors 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focus knobs on a coaxial axis in a low position. Fine focus with 180 graduations. Precision 1.11 μm, 200 μm per rotation, total travel of approximately 19 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage elevation stop to avoid damage to the specimen and objectives. The coarse focus is equipped with tension adjustment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope is equipped with a scratch-resistant 152\/197 x 131 mm stage with an integrated rackless mechanical stage on the X axis and X-Y travel of 75 x 36 mm, with vernier, and a soft-closing, removable specimen holder. The rackless stage on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer to use. The low-position X-Y control knobs prevent fatigue during long working sessions. \u003cbr\u003eThe bScope can be fitted with an optional heating stage up to 50 ° Celsius by means of a PID temperature controller. Only available for new microscope units \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe N.A. 1.25 height-adjustable condenser for brightfield comes with an iris diaphragm and a rotating filter holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eThe Zernike condenser for phase contrast is height-adjustable. It consists of an N.A. 1.25 condenser, 10-20x \/ 40x and 100x phase rings, an iris diaphragm, a swing-out filter holder and also a BF position for brightfield observation. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSLIDER CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable N.A. 1.25 condenser with a slot for phase contrast sliders. The condenser has an iris diaphragm and a filter holder. Sliders with 10x\/40x or 20x\/100x phase rings. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISATION\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope has an integrated slot above the nosepiece for an optional polarising filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003ebScope microscopes are equipped with a NeoLED 3W illumination system with adjustable intensity. Integrated 100-240 VAC power supply. Optional rechargeable battery kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKÖHLER ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eFor all bScope models with infinity-corrected objectives (IOS) the illumination system is NeoLED 3W Köhler. The Köhler system provides the highest possible contrast and the maximum achievable resolving power. It produces uniform illumination of the specimen and eliminates all interference from dust on the lenses and side glare from the light source\u003cbr\u003eKöhler illumination is optional for non-IOS models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCORDLESS USE\u003cbr\u003eThe optional rechargeable batteries turn the bScope into a cordless instrument\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCSS - CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eAllows users to easily store excess cable length at the back of the instrument during operation and to wind up the power cable for easy storage\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle integrated into the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eANTI-THEFT SLOT\u003cbr\u003eAt the back of the microscope there is a Kensington Security Slot, which can be used to protect the instrument against theft\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONTENTS INCLUDED\u003cbr\u003eThe Smart Styrofoam packaging has a low environmental footprint while maintaining maximum safety during transport. Supplied with power cable, dust cover, tools, spare fuse, white filter, user manual and 5 ml of immersion oil. Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase alignment eyepiece. An optional aluminium case can be supplied","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670245544262,"sku":"BS.1153-PLi","price":1020.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BS.1153-PLi.jpg?v=1730179008"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-bs-1153-epli","title":"Trinocular Microscope BS.1153-EPLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex bScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003ebScope microscopes have been designed for intensive use in research in secondary schools, universities, small laboratories and veterinary applications. In addition to an excellent ergonomic design, these robust and competitively priced microscopes are available in several configurations with HWF10x\/20 mm eyepieces and objectives for brightfield and phase contrast.\u003cbr\u003e An ergonomic and flexible design, with features such as eyepieces with two viewing heights, low-position focus knobs and stage controls, and an LED illumination system, helps to minimise fatigue during long working sessions and so provides greater comfort for microscopists. The compact size of the bScope and its power cable storage system allow more workspace, safer transport and easy storage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the bScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003eHWF 10x \/ 20 mm wide-field eyepieces. Can be locked in place. On monocular models the eyepiece is supplied with a pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• The bScope is equipped with a monocular head (inclined at 45° and with an eyepiece tube of Ø 23.2 mm) or a Siedentopf-type head, rotatable through 360°, inclined at 30° and with eyepiece tubes of Ø 23.2 mm \u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models are equipped with a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• The interpupillary distance is adjustable from 48 to 76 mm• The trinocular head comes with a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port, which ensures maximum flexibility. The internal prisms of the head are designed to minimise light absorption and obtain perfect digital images \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two viewing positions: high (431 mm) and low (377 mm). Only for IOS models\u003cbr\u003e• On page 4 you will find the technical details for models with an integrated camera\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple or quintuple inward-facing nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eThe latest-generation production techniques and multilayer coatings used in the manufacture of the bScope objectives make it possible to use the bScope for the most demanding applications. Correction of spherical aberration and modern CNC and assembly technology ensure perfect centring of the objectives \u003cbr\u003e• Brightfield models: E-Plan, Plan, infinity-corrected E-plan (IOS) and infinity-corrected Plan (IOS) achromatic plan objectives. Magnifications 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models: E-plan achromatic plan phase objectives, infinity-corrected E-plan Phase (IOS) and infinity-corrected Plan phase (IOS) objectives. Magnifications 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment to obtain maximum light performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focus knobs in a low position. Fine focus with 180 divisions. Precision 1.11 μm, 200 μm per rotation, total travel of approximately 19 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage elevation stop to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focus is equipped with tension adjustment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope is equipped with a scratch-resistant 152\/197 x 131 mm stage with an integrated rackless mechanical stage on the X axis and X-Y travel of 75 x 36 mm, with vernier, and a soft-closing, removable specimen holder. The rackless stage on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer to use. The low-position X-Y control knobs prevent fatigue during long working sessions. \u003cbr\u003eThe bScope can be fitted with an optional heating stage up to 50 °Celsius by means of a PID temperature controller. Only available for new microscope units \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe N.A. 1.25 height-adjustable condenser for brightfield comes with an iris diaphragm and a rotating filter holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eThe Zernike condenser for phase contrast is height-adjustable. It consists of an N.A. 1.25 condenser, 10-20x \/ 40x and 100x phase rings, an iris diaphragm, a swing-out filter holder and also a BF position for brightfield observation. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSLIDER CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable N.A. 1.25 condenser with a slot for phase contrast sliders. The condenser has an iris diaphragm and a filter holder. Sliders with 10x\/40x or 20x\/100x phase rings. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISATION\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope has an integrated slot above the nosepiece for an optional polarising filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003ebScope microscopes are equipped with a NeoLED 3W illumination system with adjustable intensity. Integrated 100-240 VAC power supply. Optional rechargeable battery kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKÖHLER ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eFor all bScope models with infinity-corrected objectives (IOS) the illumination system is Köhler NeoLED 3W. The Köhler system provides the highest possible contrast and the maximum achievable resolving power. It produces uniform illumination of the specimen and eliminates all interference from dust on the lenses and stray light from the light source\u003cbr\u003eKöhler illumination is optional for non-IOS models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCORDLESS USE\u003cbr\u003eThe optional rechargeable batteries turn the bScope into a cordless instrument\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCSS - CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eAllows users to easily store excess cable length at the back of the instrument during operation and to wind up the power cable for easy storage\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle integrated into the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eANTI-THEFT SLOT\u003cbr\u003eAt the back of the microscope there is a Kensington Security Slot, which can be used to protect the instrument from theft\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWHAT'S INCLUDED\u003cbr\u003eThe Smart Styrofoam packaging has a low environmental footprint while maintaining maximum safety during transport. Supplied with power cable, dust cover, tools, spare fuse, white filter, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil. Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment. An optional aluminium case can be supplied","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670245839174,"sku":"BS.1153-EPLi","price":831.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BS.1153-EPLi.jpg?v=1730179096"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-bs-1153-epl","title":"Trinocular Microscope BS.1153-EPL","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex bScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003ebScope microscopes have been designed for intensive use in research at secondary schools, universities, small laboratories and veterinary applications. In addition to an excellent ergonomic design, these robust, competitively priced microscopes are available in several configurations with HWF10x\/20 mm eyepieces and objectives for brightfield and phase contrast.\u003cbr\u003e An ergonomic and flexible design, with features such as eyepieces with two viewing heights, low-position focus knobs and stage controls, and an LED illumination system, helps minimise fatigue during long working sessions and provides greater comfort for microscopists. The compact size of the bScope and its power cable storage system allow more workspace, safer transport and easy storage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the bScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003eHWF 10x \/ 20 mm wide-field eyepieces. Can be locked in place. On monocular models the eyepiece is supplied with a pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• The bScope is equipped with a monocular head (inclined at 45° and with an eyepiece tube of Ø 23.2 mm) or a Siedentopf-type head, rotatable through 360°, inclined at 30° and with eyepiece tubes of Ø 23.2 mm \u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models are equipped with a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left eyepiece holder \u003cbr\u003e• The interpupillary distance is adjustable from 48 to 76 mm• The trinocular head comes with a Ø 23,2 mm documentation port, which ensures maximum flexibility. The internal prisms of the head are designed to minimise light absorption and obtain perfect digital images \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two viewing positions: high (431 mm) and low (377 mm). Only for IOS models\u003cbr\u003e• On page 4 you will find the technical details for models with integrated camera\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple or quintuple inward-facing nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eState-of-the-art production techniques and multilayer coatings used in the manufacture of the bScope objectives allow the bScope to be used for the most demanding applications. Spherical aberration correction and modern CNC and assembly technology ensure perfect centring of the objectives \u003cbr\u003e• Brightfield models: E-Plan, Plan, infinity-corrected E-plan (IOS) and infinity-corrected Plan (IOS) achromatic objectives. Magnification factors 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models: E-plan and E-plan Phase plan achromatic phase objectives, infinity-corrected E-plan Phase (IOS) and infinity-corrected Plan Phase (IOS). Magnification factors 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focus knobs on a coaxial axis in a low position. Fine focus with 180 graduations. Precision 1.11 μm, 200 μm per rotation, total travel of approximately 19 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage height stop to prevent damage to the specimen and objectives. The coarse focus is equipped with tension adjustment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope is equipped with a scratch-resistant 152\/197 x 131 mm stage with an integrated rackless mechanical stage on the X axis and X-Y travel of 75 x 36 mm, with vernier, and a soft-closing, removable specimen holder. The rackless X-axis stage has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer to use. The low-position X-Y control knobs prevent fatigue during long working sessions. \u003cbr\u003eThe bScope can be fitted with an optional heating stage up to 50 ° Celsius by means of a PID temperature controller. Only available for new microscope units \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe N.A. 1.25 height-adjustable condenser for brightfield comes with an iris diaphragm and a rotating filter holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eThe Zernike condenser for phase contrast is height-adjustable. It consists of an N.A. 1.25 condenser, 10-20x \/ 40x and 100x phase rings, an iris diaphragm, a swing-out filter holder and also a BF position for brightfield observation. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSLIDE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable N.A. 1.25 condenser with a slot for phase contrast slides. The condenser has an iris diaphragm and filter holder. Slides with 10x\/40x or 20x\/100x phase rings. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISATION\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope has an integrated slot above the nosepiece for an optional polarising filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003ebScope microscopes are equipped with a NeoLED 3W illumination system with adjustable intensity. Integrated 100-240 VAC power supply. Optional rechargeable battery kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKÖHLER ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eFor all bScope models with infinity-corrected objectives (IOS), the illumination system is Köhler NeoLED 3W. The Köhler system provides the highest possible contrast and the maximum achievable resolving power. It generates uniform illumination of the specimen and eliminates all interference from dust on the lenses and side glare from the light source\u003cbr\u003eKöhler illumination is optional for non-IOS models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCORDLESS USE\u003cbr\u003eThe optional rechargeable batteries turn the bScope into a cordless instrument\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCSS - CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eAllows users to easily store excess cable length at the back of the instrument during operation and to wind up the power cable for easy storage\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle integrated into the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eANTI-THEFT SLOT\u003cbr\u003eAt the back of the microscope there is a Kensington Security Slot, which can be used to protect the instrument from theft\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONTENTS INCLUDED\u003cbr\u003eThe Smart Styrofoam packaging has a low environmental footprint while maintaining maximum safety during transport. Supplied with power cable, dust cover, tools, spare fuse, white filter, user manual and 5 ml of immersion oil. Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase alignment eyepiece. An optional aluminium case can be supplied","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670249148742,"sku":"BS.1153-EPL","price":704.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BS.1153-EPL.jpg?v=1730179160"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-is-1153-epl-df","title":"Trinocular Microscope IS.1153-EPL\/DF","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for infinity-corrected IOS plan and plan phase systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf-design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected Plan models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ±5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ±5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the finite-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ±5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for models with infinity correction). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is equipped with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope supports the multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is equipped with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is equipped with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 156 x 138 mm with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 187\/230 x 140 mm with no rack on the X axis and X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm. The iScope® stage with no rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• Ceramic mechanical stage of 220 x 157 mm with X\/Y travel of 75 x 50 mm. The surface of this stage ensures high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with a PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of plan phase contrast objectives 10x and S40x (retractable), and a slider with the 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of plan phase contrast objectives 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion), and a slider with the 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for the iScope 160mm and infinity IOS versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a centring telescope eyepiece for phase alignment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with an iris diaphragm, has a slot for fitting optional sliders. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes a centring telescope eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope range includes models supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm, for quality darkfield imaging at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per revolution of the\r fine focus knob (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and high-magnification\r objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers larger numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce higher-resolution images, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low power consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with infinity-corrected PLi optics and infinity-corrected phase contrast PLPHi optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user leaves the front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for convenient transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescope eyepiece\r for alignment \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670250524998,"sku":"IS.1153-EPL\/DF","price":1868.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1153-EPL.DF.jpg?v=1730179255"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-is-1153-pli-dfi","title":"Trinocular Microscope IS.1153-PLi\/DFi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece tube for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece tubes for IOS plan and plan phase infinity-corrected systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece tube for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100: 0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite-corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\r \u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is equipped with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope allows a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is equipped with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the whole field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is equipped with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 156 x 138 mm with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 187\/230 x 140 mm without rack on the X axis and with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm. The iScope® stage without rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• Ceramic mechanical stage of 220 x 157 mm with X\/Y travel of 75 x 50 mm. The surface of this stage ensures high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units. Please feel free to ask if you need other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of plan phase contrast objectives 10x and S40x (retractable), and a slider with the 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of plan phase contrast objectives 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion), and a slider with the 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for the iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a phase centring telescope eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot for fitting optional sliders. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes phase centring telescope eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope includes models supplied with a cardioid mirror oil immersion condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per turn of\r the fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce images with higher resolution, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi infinity-corrected phase contrast optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for comfortable transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include the S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and alignment telescope\r eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670252065094,"sku":"IS.1153-PLi\/DFi","price":2358.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1153-PLi.DFi.jpg?v=1730179284"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-is-1153-pli-df","title":"Trinocular Microscope IS.1153-PLi\/DF","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For training, iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for IOS plan and plan phase infinity-corrected systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf-design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100: 0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite-corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, 48-75 mm interpupillary distance and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and a phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual-head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\r • The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual-head system is fitted with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope supports the multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is fitted with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) infinity-corrected plan objectives \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple reversed nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 156 x 138 mm with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 187\/230 x 140 mm without rack on the X axis and with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm. The iScope® stage without rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• Ceramic mechanical stage of 220 x 157 mm with X\/Y travel of 75 x 50 mm. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with a PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) plan phase contrast objectives, and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) plan phase contrast objectives, and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase-centring eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe-type condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with an iris diaphragm, has a slot that allows optional sliders to be fitted. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes a telescopic phase-centring eyepiece and a green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope has models that are supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per revolution of the\r fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of a 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and an internal\r 100-240 V AC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce images with higher resolution, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity-corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for convenient transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670252130630,"sku":"IS.1153-PLi\/DF","price":2115.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1153-PLi.DF.jpg?v=1730179314"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-2-usuarios-is-1154-epli-t","title":"Trinocular Microscope for 2 Users IS.1154-EPLi\/T","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre in the left eyepiece holder for finite corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre in both eyepiece holders for IOS plan and plan phase infinity corrected systems, and adjustable dioptre in the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100: 0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for models with infinity correction). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\r \u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is fitted with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope supports the multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is fitted with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage with no rack on the X axis and 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel. The iScope® stage with no rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with 75 x 50 mm X\/Y travel. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with a PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please do not hesitate to enquire if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a phase centring telescope eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe type condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot for fitting optional sliders. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes a phase centring telescope eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope includes models supplied with a cardioid mirror-type oil immersion condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per revolution of\r the fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal power supply\r 100-240 VAC\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the iScope microscope's optical system to produce higher resolution images, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum optical resolution. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• There is also a handle at the back of the stand for convenient transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and alignment telescope eyepiece\r \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670254588230,"sku":"IS.1154-EPLi\/T","price":3652.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1154-EPLi.T.jpg?v=1730179343"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-2-usuarios-is-1154-pli-t","title":"Trinocular Microscope 2 Users IS.1154-PLi\/T","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in medicine and biomedical sciences, in colleges and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x plan wide field eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre in the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x plan wide field eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre in both eyepiece holders for IOS plan and plan phase infinity-corrected systems, and adjustable dioptre in the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular Siedentopf head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected Plan models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the finite-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system allowing two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\r \u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is fitted with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope allows a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is fitted with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 156 x 138 mm with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 187\/230 x 140 mm with rackless X axis and X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm. The iScope® rackless X axis stage has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• Ceramic mechanical stage of 220 x 157 mm with X\/Y travel of 75 x 50 mm. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with a PID temperature controller. It is only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe N.A. 1.25 condenser with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase centring eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe N.A. 1.25 condenser, height-adjustable and with an iris diaphragm, has a slot that allows optional sliders to be fitted. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike N.A. 1.25 condenser mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes a telescopic phase centring eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope has models supplied with a cardioid mirror oil immersion condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images using the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per turn of the\r fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of a 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and an internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce images with higher resolution, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity-corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• A handle at the back of the stand also allows the microscope to be carried comfortably \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include the S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670254719302,"sku":"IS.1154-PLi\/T","price":4388.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1154-PLi.T.jpg?v=1730179377"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-is-1153-pli-slc","title":"Trinocular Microscope IS.1153-PLi\/SLC","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eiScope Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre in the left eyepiece tube for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre in both eyepiece tubes for IOS plan and plan phase infinity-corrected systems, and adjustable dioptre in the left eyepiece tube for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf-design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite-corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\r \u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is equipped with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope allows a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is equipped with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is equipped with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple reversed nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 156 x 138 mm with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 187\/230 x 140 mm with rackless X axis and X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm. The iScope® rackless X-axis stage has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• Ceramic mechanical stage of 220 x 157 mm with X\/Y travel of 75 x 50 mm. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask us if you need other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of plan phase contrast objectives 10x and S40x (retractable), and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of plan phase contrast objectives 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion), and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase-centring eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe-type condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot that allows optional sliders to be fitted. We offer a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes telescopic phase-centring eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope has models supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror condenser, with internal illumination by 5 W NeoLED™ and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images in darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per turn of the\r fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal power supply\r 100-240 VAC\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to generate images with higher resolution, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity-corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• There is also a handle at the back of the stand for convenient transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and telescopic\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670259732806,"sku":"IS.1153-PLi\/SLC","price":1647.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1153-PLi.SLC.jpg?v=1730179591"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-is-1153-epli-slc","title":"Trinocular Microscope IS.1153-EPLi\/SLC","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope: a masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in colleges and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with a cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eiScope Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for IOS plan and plan phase infinity corrected systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo accessory with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube accessory, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\r \u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is fitted with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope supports the multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central accessory is fitted with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the whole field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage with rackless X axis and 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel. The iScope® rackless X axis stage has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with 75 x 50 mm X\/Y travel. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with a PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160 mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase centring eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable and with an iris diaphragm, has a slot for fitting optional sliders. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes a telescopic phase centring eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope range includes models supplied with a cardioid mirror oil immersion condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per turn of\r the fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the height of the stage and protect the specimen and the\r high magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of a 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and an internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the iScope microscope's optical system to produce images with higher resolution, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary loss of energy. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM (CSS) • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for comfortable transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual and a 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include the S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670260322630,"sku":"IS.1153-EPLi\/SLC","price":1357.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1153-EPLi.SLC.jpg?v=1730179657"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-is-1153-plphi","title":"Trinocular Microscope IS.1153-PLPHi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eiScope Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for infinity-corrected IOS plan and plan phase systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular Siedentopf head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected Plan models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the finite-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two viewing positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual-head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\r • The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual-head system is equipped with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope allows a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is equipped with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and infinity-corrected IOS plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is equipped with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 156 x 138 mm and with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 187\/230 x 140 mm without rack on the X axis and with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm. The iScope® stage without a rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• Ceramic mechanical stage of 220 x 157 mm with X\/Y travel of 75 x 50 mm. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of plan phase contrast objectives 10x and S40x (retractable), and a slider with the 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of plan phase contrast objectives 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion), and a slider with the 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for the iScope 160mm and infinity IOS versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a phase centring telescope eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with an iris diaphragm, has a slot that allows optional sliders to be fitted. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes a phase centring telescope eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope offers models supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per revolution of\r the fine focus knob (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and high-magnification\r objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of a dimmable 3 W NeoLED with internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce images with higher resolution, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with infinity-corrected PLi optics and infinity-corrected phase contrast PLPHi optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for comfortable transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include the S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and telescope\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670261469510,"sku":"IS.1153-PLPHi","price":2111.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1153-PLPHi.jpg?v=1730179716"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-is-1153-pli","title":"Trinocular Microscope IS.1153-PLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece tube for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece tubes for infinity-corrected IOS plan and plan phase systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece tube for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular Siedentopf head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected Plan models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the finite-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\r \u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is fitted with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope supports a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is fitted with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and infinity-corrected IOS plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple reverse nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 156 x 138 mm and with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 187\/230 x 140 mm without rack on the X axis and with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm. The iScope® stage without a rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• Ceramic mechanical stage of 220 x 157 mm with X\/Y travel of 75 x 50 mm. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of plan phase contrast objectives 10x and S40x (retractable), and a slider with the 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of plan phase contrast objectives 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion), and a slider with the 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and infinity IOS versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a phase centring telescope eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot for fitting optional sliders. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes phase centring telescope eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope range includes models supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm, to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per turn of\r the fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal power supply\r 100-240 VAC\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce images with higher resolution, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with infinity-corrected PLi optics and infinity-corrected phase contrast PLPHi optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• There is also a handle at the back of the stand for convenient transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and alignment telescope eyepiece\r \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670262255942,"sku":"IS.1153-PLi","price":1326.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1153-PLi.jpg?v=1730179782"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-is-1153-epli","title":"Trinocular Microscope IS.1153-EPLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece tube for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece tubes for IOS plan and plan phase infinity-corrected systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece tube for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100: 0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite-corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system allowing two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, 48-75 mm interpupillary distance and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\r • The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is equipped with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope allows a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is equipped with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple reverse-position objective nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage without rack on the X axis and with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel. The iScope® stage without rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with 75 x 50 mm X\/Y travel. The surface of this stage ensures high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage into the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of plan phase contrast objectives 10x and S40x (retractable), and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of plan phase contrast objectives 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion), and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase centring eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot for fitting optional sliders. We offer a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes telescopic phase centring eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope offers models supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images in darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per fine focus\r revolution (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and high-magnification\r objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce higher resolution images, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low power consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity-corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum optical resolution. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for convenient transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include the S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and telescopic\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670265106758,"sku":"IS.1153-EPLi","price":1156.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1153-EPLi.jpg?v=1730179841"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-is-1153-plph","title":"Trinocular Microscope IS.1153-PLPH","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For training, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for infinity-corrected IOS plan and plan phase systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf-design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected Plan models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the finite-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual-head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual-head system is equipped with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope supports the multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is equipped with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the whole field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and infinity-corrected IOS plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is equipped with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 156 x 138 mm with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 187\/230 x 140 mm without rack on the X axis and with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm. The iScope® stage without rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• Ceramic mechanical stage of 220 x 157 mm with X\/Y travel of 75 x 50 mm. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please feel free to ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and phase contrast plan objectives. The first version consists of phase contrast plan objectives 10x and S40x (retractable), a slider with the 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of phase contrast plan objectives 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion), a slider with the 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for the iScope 160mm and infinity IOS versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase-centring eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot for fitting optional sliders. We have available a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes a telescopic phase-centring eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope offers models supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per revolution of the\r fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and high-magnification\r objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of a dimmable 3 W NeoLED with internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce higher-resolution images, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard in the PLi infinity-corrected models and the PLPHi infinity-corrected phase contrast models) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for comfortable transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670266679622,"sku":"IS.1153-PLPH","price":1830.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1153-PLPH.jpg?v=1730180092"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-is-1153-epl","title":"Trinocular Microscope IS.1153-EPL","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For training, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for infinity-corrected IOS plan and plan phase systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular Siedentopf head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected Plan models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ±5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ±5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the finite-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ±5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and photo tube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\r • The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is equipped with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope supports multi-head systems for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is equipped with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the field of view of all heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and infinity-corrected IOS plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple reversed nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage without rack on the X axis and with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel. The iScope® stage without rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with 75 x 50 mm X\/Y travel. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and infinity IOS versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a centring telescope eyepiece for phase alignment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot for fitting optional sliders. We offer a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes centring telescope eyepiece for phase alignment and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope range includes models supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images using the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per revolution of the\r fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and high-magnification\r objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of a 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce higher-resolution images, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low power consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi infinity-corrected phase contrast optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r iCARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user leaves the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for convenient transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a centring\r telescope eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670274445638,"sku":"IS.1153-EPL","price":1031.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1153-EPL.jpg?v=1730180158"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-bs-3153-plfi","title":"Trinocular Microscope BS.3153-PLFi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex bScope fluorescence microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe bScope® microscope for fluorescence microscopy comes in two versions\"\u003cbr\u003eOne version is equipped with four monochromatic LEDs and the second version is equipped with a traditional 100 W mercury vapour light source for a wider excitation light spectrum\"\u003cbr\u003eThe microscopes are supplied with routine fluorescence filter sets and dichroic mirrors for excitation in the blue, green, violet and ultraviolet spectral regions\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications bScope fluorescence microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003eHWF 10x\/22 mm widefield eyepieces with locking system (Ø 30 mm eyepiece holder)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD \u003cbr\u003e• The bScope® is equipped with a Siedentopf type head with 30° inclined Ø 30 mm tubes and a ±5 dioptre adjustment on the left eyepiece. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 and 76 mm \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head comes with a Ø 23.2 mm tube, which ensures maximum flexibility. The prisms inside the heads are designed to minimise light absorption and obtain perfect digital images. The trinocular head has a light path selector (100: 0\/0: 100) and produces an upright image\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple rotating nosepiece with ball bearings and inward-facing position\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eThe latest-generation production techniques and multi-layer coatings used to manufacture the bScope® objectives allow the bScope® to be used for the most demanding applications. Perfect spherical aberration correction and modern CNC and assembly technology ensure perfect centring of the objectives \u003cbr\u003e• IOS E-plan or plan EPLi or PLi infinity-corrected objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) for applications where violet or ultraviolet excitation is not needed \u003cbr\u003e• Select the IOS Fluarex PLFi infinity-corrected objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 0.90 for applications where higher resolving power or violet or ultraviolet excitation is needed All S40x, S60x and S100x (oil immersion) objectives are retractable. All optics are treated with an anti-fungal coating and an anti-reflective coating for maximum light performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eDual coaxial, low-position coarse and fine focusing with 180 graduations. Precision 1.1 µm, 200 µm per rotation, the total travel range is approximately 19 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage height stop to prevent damage to the specimen and objectives. The coarse focus is equipped with tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e The bScope® is equipped with a scratch-resistant 152\/197 x 131 mm stage with integrated 75 x 36 mm X-Y mechanical stage, Vernier scale and a removable soft-closing specimen holder. The rackless stage on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer to use. The low-position X-Y control knobs prevent fatigue during long working sessions \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe type brightfield condenser N.A. 1.25 with adjustable height comes with an iris diaphragm and a rotating filter holder ZERNIKE PHASE CONTRAST CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe Zernike turret type condenser N.A. 1.25 comes with a phase ring for 10\/20 \/ S40x and S100x phase contrast objectives, an iris diaphragm, a rotating filter holder and also a BF position for brightfield observation. The phase contrast objectives are available in EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic phase centring eyepiece and green filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSIMPLE PHASE CONTRAST CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe simple phase contrast condenser N.A. 1.25 has a slot for a slider with phase rings for 10\/S40x phase objectives, or a slider with phase rings for 20\/S100x phase objectives. The condenser has an iris diaphragm and a filter holder ring. The phase contrast objectives are available in EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic phase centring eyepiece and green filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISATION\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope® has an integrated slot above the nosepiece for an optional polarising filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFLUORESCENCE ATTACHMENT • Epi-illumination with four 5 W LEDs for fluorescence excitation at 450 to 470 nm (blue), 515 to 535 nm (green), 390 to 400 (violet) and 360 to 370 nm (ultraviolet). External 100-240 V power supply \u003cbr\u003e• Epi-illumination with 100 W HBO mercury vapour lamp. External 110 or 230 V power supply \u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with UV protection shield \u003cbr\u003e• Fluorescence filter sets. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKÖHLER ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eKöhler illumination ensures the highest possible contrast and the maximum achievable resolving power for all IOS models with infinity correction. It produces uniform illumination of the specimen and eliminates any interference from dust on the lenses and side glare from the light source \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCORDLESS USE\u003cbr\u003eOptional rechargeable batteries turn the bScope® into a cordless system for transmitted illumination\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCSS - CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eAllows users to easily store excess cable length at the back of the instrument during operation and wind up the power cable for easy storage \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle integrated into the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eANTI-THEFT SLOT \u003cbr\u003eAt the back of the microscope there is a Kensington security slot, which can be used to protect the instrument against theft \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003e Smart polystyrene foam packaging ensures a low environmental footprint while maintaining maximum safety during transport. Supplied with power cable, dust cover, tools, spare fuse, white filter, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e NEOLED™ TRANSMITTED ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eThe 3 W dimmable Köhler NeoLED™ transmitted illumination is powered by an internal 100-240 V power supply, making it suitable for worldwide use. The innovative NeoLED™ design offers larger apertures, which allows the optical system of the bScope® microscope to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED™ are low energy consumption, no heating of the equipment and a long service life","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670281228614,"sku":"BS.3153-PLFi","price":4716.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/BS.3153-PLFi.jpg?v=1792951337"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-bs-3153-pli","title":"Trinocular Microscope BS.3153-PLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex bScope fluorescence microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe bScope® microscope for fluorescence microscopy comes in two versions\"\u003cbr\u003eOne version is equipped with four monochromatic LEDs and the second version is equipped with a traditional 100 W mercury vapour light source for a wider excitation light spectrum\"\u003cbr\u003eThe microscopes are supplied with standard fluorescence filter sets and dichroic mirrors for excitation in the blue, green, violet and ultraviolet spectral regions\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications bScope fluorescence microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003eHWF 10x\/22 mm widefield eyepieces with locking system (eyepiece holder Ø 30 mm)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD \u003cbr\u003e• The bScope® is equipped with a Siedentopf type head with 30° inclined tubes Ø 30 mm and a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left eyepiece. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 and 76 mm \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head comes with a Ø 23.2 mm tube, which ensures maximum flexibility. The prisms inside the heads are designed to minimise light absorption and obtain perfect digital images. The trinocular head has a light path selector (100: 0\/0: 100) and produces an upright image\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple rotating nosepiece with ball bearings and inward-facing position\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eThe latest production techniques and the multilayer coatings used to manufacture the bScope® objectives allow the bScope® to be used for the most demanding applications. Perfect spherical aberration correction and modern CNC and assembly technology ensure perfect centring of the objectives \u003cbr\u003e• IOS infinity-corrected E-plan or plan EPLi or PLi objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) for applications where violet or ultraviolet excitation is not needed \u003cbr\u003e• Select the IOS infinity-corrected Fluarex PLFi objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 0.90 for applications where higher resolving power or violet or ultraviolet excitation is needed All S40x, S60x and S100x (oil immersion) objectives are retractable. All optics are treated with anti-fungal and anti-reflective coating for maximum light performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eDual coaxial, low-position coarse and fine focusing with 180 graduations. Precision 1.1 µm, 200 µm per rotation, the total travel range is approximately 19 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage height stop to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focusing is equipped with tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e The bScope® is equipped with a scratch-resistant 152\/197 x 131 mm stage with integrated 75 x 36 mm X-Y mechanical stage, Vernier scale, and a removable soft-closing specimen holder. The rackless stage on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer to use. The low-position X-Y control knobs prevent fatigue during long working sessions \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe type brightfield condenser N.A. 1.25 with adjustable height comes with an iris diaphragm and a rotating filter holder ZERNIKE PHASE CONTRAST CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe Zernike turret type condenser N.A. 1.25 comes with phase ring for 10\/20 \/ S40x and S100x phase contrast objectives, an iris diaphragm, a rotating filter holder and also a BF position for brightfield observation. The phase contrast objectives are available in EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic phase centring eyepiece and green filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSIMPLE PHASE CONTRAST CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe simple phase contrast condenser N.A. 1.25 has a slot for a slider with phase rings for 10\/S40x phase objectives, or a slider with phase rings for 20\/S100x phase objectives. The condenser has an iris diaphragm and a filter holder ring. The phase contrast objectives are available in EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic phase centring eyepiece and green filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISATION\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope® has a built-in slot above the nosepiece for an optional polarising filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFLUORESCENCE ATTACHMENT • Epi-illumination with four 5 W LEDs for fluorescence excitation at 450 to 470 nm (blue), 515 to 535 nm (green), 390 to 400 (violet) and 360 to 370 nm (ultraviolet). External power supply 100-240 V \u003cbr\u003e• Epi-illumination with 100 W HBO mercury vapour lamp. External power supply 110 or 230 V \u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with UV protection shield \u003cbr\u003e• Fluorescence filter sets. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKÖHLER ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eKöhler illumination guarantees the highest possible contrast and the maximum achievable resolving power for all IOS models with infinity correction. It produces even illumination of the specimen and eliminates any interference from dust on the lenses and stray light from the light source \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCORDLESS USE\u003cbr\u003eOptional rechargeable batteries turn the bScope® into a cordless system for transmitted illumination\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCSS - CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eAllows users to easily store excess cable length at the back of the instrument during operation and to wind up the power cable for easy storage \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle integrated into the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eANTI-THEFT SLOT \u003cbr\u003eAt the back of the microscope there is a Kensington security slot, which can be used to protect the instrument against theft \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003e Smart polystyrene foam packaging ensures a low environmental footprint while maintaining maximum safety during transport. Supplied with power cable, dust cover, tools, spare fuse, white filter, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e NEOLED™ TRANSMITTED ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eThe 3 W dimmable Köhler NeoLED™ transmitted illumination is powered by an internal 100-240 V power supply that makes it suitable for worldwide use. The innovative NeoLED™ design offers larger apertures, which allows the optical system of the bScope® microscope to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED™ are low energy consumption, no heating of the equipment and a long service life","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670286176582,"sku":"BS.3153-PLi","price":3668.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BS.3153-PLi_14596a97-4fdf-4852-b0d9-6fb1d4319d7a.jpg?v=1730180255"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-bs-3153-epli","title":"Trinocular Microscope BS.3153-EPLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex bScope fluorescence microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe bScope® microscope for fluorescence microscopy comes in two versions\"\u003cbr\u003eOne version is equipped with four monochromatic LEDs and the second version is equipped with a traditional 100 W mercury vapour light source for a wider excitation light spectrum\"\u003cbr\u003eThe microscopes are supplied with routine fluorescence filter sets and dichroic mirrors for excitation in the blue, green, violet and ultraviolet spectral regions\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications bScope fluorescence microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003eHWF 10x\/22 mm widefield eyepieces with locking system (Ø 30 mm eyepiece holder)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD \u003cbr\u003e• The bScope® is equipped with a Siedentopf type head with 30° inclined Ø 30 mm tubes and a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left eyepiece. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 and 76 mm \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head comes with a Ø 23.2 mm tube, which ensures maximum flexibility. The prisms inside the heads are designed to minimise light absorption and produce perfect digital images. The trinocular head has a light path selector (100: 0\/0: 100) and produces an upright image\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eRotating quintuple nosepiece with ball bearings and inward-facing position\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eThe state-of-the-art production techniques and multi-layer coatings used to manufacture the bScope® objectives allow the bScope® to be used for the most demanding applications. Perfect spherical aberration correction and modern CNC and assembly technology ensure perfect centring of the objectives \u003cbr\u003e• IOS E-plan or plan EPLi or PLi infinity-corrected objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) for applications where violet or ultraviolet excitation is not needed \u003cbr\u003e• Select the IOS Fluarex PLFi infinity-corrected objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 0.90 for applications where higher resolving power or violet or ultraviolet excitation is needed. All S40x, S60x and S100x (oil immersion) objectives are retractable. All optics are treated with an antifungal agent and have an anti-reflective coating for maximum light performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial dual, low-position coarse and fine focusing with 180 graduations. Precision 1.1 µm, 200 µm per rotation, the total travel range is approximately 19 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage height stop to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focus is equipped with tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e The bScope® is equipped with a scratch-resistant 152\/197 x 131 mm stage with integrated 75 x 36 mm X-Y mechanical stage, Vernier scale and a removable, soft-closing specimen holder. The rackless stage on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer to use. The low-position X-Y control knobs prevent fatigue during long working sessions \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe type brightfield condenser N.A. 1.25 with adjustable height comes with an iris diaphragm and a rotating filter holder ZERNIKE PHASE CONTRAST CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe Zernike turret type condenser N.A. 1.25 comes with a phase ring for 10\/20 \/ S40x and S100x phase contrast objectives, an iris diaphragm, a rotating filter holder and also a BF position for brightfield observation. The phase contrast objectives are available in EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic phase centring eyepiece and green filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSIMPLE PHASE CONTRAST CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe simple phase contrast condenser N.A. 1.25 has a slot for a slider with phase rings for 10\/S40x phase objectives, or a slider with phase rings for 20\/S100x phase objectives. The condenser has an iris diaphragm and a filter holder ring. The phase contrast objectives are available in EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic phase centring eyepiece and green filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISATION\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope® has an integrated slot above the nosepiece for an optional polarising filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFLUORESCENCE ATTACHMENT • Epi-illumination with four 5 W LEDs for fluorescence excitation at 450 to 470 nm (blue), 515 to 535 nm (green), 390 to 400 (violet) and 360 to 370 nm (ultraviolet). External power supply 100-240 V \u003cbr\u003e• Epi-illumination with 100 W HBO mercury vapour lamp. External power supply 110 or 230 V \u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with UV protection shield \u003cbr\u003e• Fluorescence filter sets. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKÖHLER ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eKöhler illumination ensures the highest possible contrast and the maximum achievable resolving power for all infinity-corrected IOS models. It produces even illumination of the specimen and eliminates any interference from dust on the lenses and side glare from the light source \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCORDLESS USE\u003cbr\u003eOptional rechargeable batteries turn the bScope® into a cordless system for transmitted illumination\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCSS - CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eAllows users to easily store excess cable length at the back of the instrument during operation and wind up the power cable for easy storage \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle integrated into the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eANTI-THEFT SLOT \u003cbr\u003eAt the back of the microscope there is a Kensington security slot, which can be used to protect the instrument against theft \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003e Smart polystyrene foam packaging ensures a low environmental footprint while maintaining maximum safety during transport. Supplied with power cable, dust cover, tools, spare fuse, white filter, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e NEOLED™ TRANSMITTED ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eThe 3 W dimmable Köhler NeoLED™ transmitted illumination is powered by an internal 100-240 V power supply that makes it suitable for worldwide use. The innovative NeoLED™ design offers larger apertures, which allows the optical system of the bScope® microscope to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED™ are low power consumption, no heating of the equipment and a long service life","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670287388998,"sku":"BS.3153-EPLi","price":2837.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BS.3153-EPLi.jpg?v=1730180285"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-ergonomico-dx-3158-apli-hal","title":"Ergonomic Trinocular Microscope DX.3158‑APLi\/HAL","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex Delphi-X Observer Microscope for Fluorescence\u003c\/h2\u003eState-of-the-art microscopes for advanced fluorescence applications in the life sciences. The outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer ™ makes it ideal for life science fluorescence applications where a high-performance optical system is required. The wide field of view (25 mm) of the Super Wide Field eyepieces and the high numerical aperture of the 60 mm parfocal EIS Plan Fluarex objectives allow perfect observations with high resolving power and excellent colour reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the Delphi-X Observer Microscope for Fluorescence\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces for Ø 30 mm eyepiece holder\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x\/22 mm eyepieces for Ø 30 mm eyepiece holder (on request) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDARD HEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf trinocular head with tubes inclined at 30 °. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. Three-position beam splitter (0: 100 \/ 80:20 \/ 100: 0). Dioptre adjustment ± 5 on both eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC TILTING HEAD\u003cbr\u003eOptional ergonomic trinocular head from 0 to 35 ° supplied with SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance 47-78 mm and trinocular port with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eSextuple objective nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eENHANCED INFINITY-CORRECTED SYSTEM (EIS)\u003cbr\u003eThe enhanced infinity-corrected system (EIS) of the Delphi-X Observer ™ consists of SFWF 10x25 mm wide field eyepieces and high numerical aperture, 60 mm parfocal objectives with a focal length of 200 mm. The 200 mm focal length reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and, as a direct result, significantly improves chromatic aberration corrections and the contrast of the images produced. Objectives with a larger diameter allow much higher numerical apertures, improving the overall resolving power of the optical system. For all these reasons, the Delphi-X Observer™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications Tilting head 2\/4\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (EIS) (recommended for routine clinical applications) \u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ comes as standard with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Achromatic objectives 4x\/0.10, 10x\/0.25, 20x\/0.40, S40x\/0.65 and S100x\/1.25 (oil immersion)\u003cbr\u003eAvailable as an option: 2x\/0.06 objective, S50x\/0.95 (oil immersion) and S60x\/0.80 PLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC FLUAREX OBJECTIVES (recommended for anatomical pathology and histopathology applications)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can also be supplied with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex objectives 4x\/0.13, 10x\/0.30, 20x\/0.50, S40x\/0.75 and S100x\/1.30 (oil immersion)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e190 x 152 mm stage with 78 x 32 mm travel range and control knobs on the right. Designed for 2 slides. The standard stage has a scratch-resistant Gorilla glass coating. Scratch-resistant sapphire glass coating available on request. The stage with control knobs on the left is available on request\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing knobs, 100 graduations, 1 μm precision, 100 μm per rotation of the fine focus, total travel range of approximately 35 mm. Supplied with a stage stop system to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focus is equipped with tension adjustment. The fine focus knobs can be switched from left to right according to user preference\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable and centrable Abbe swing-out type with numerical apertures N.A. 0.90 \/ 1.25 Abbe with numerical aperture identification marks and iris diaphragm \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFLUORESCENCE ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e The fluorescence attachment of the Delphi-X Observer ™ is equipped with a rotating turret that can hold up to 6 filter blocks and is supplied with an HBO 100W mercury vapour lamp illumination source for an intense, broad spectrum of light \u003cbr\u003eSupplied with standard fluorescence filter blocks for blue excitation (EX460-490 DM500 EM520LP) and green excitation (EX510-550 DM570 EM590LP), UV protection and external power supply \u003cbr\u003eA wide range of fluorescence filter blocks is available \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e  Plan PLi 2x\/0.06(1) 4x\/0.10 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S50x\/0.95 oil immersion(1) S60x\/0.80(1) S100x\/1.25 oil immersion S100x\/1.25 Iris oil immersion (1) Plan Semi-Apo Fluarex 4x\/0.13 10x\/0.30 20x\/0.50 S40x\/0.75 S100x\/1.30 oil immersion \u003cbr\u003eAll objectives are 60 mm parfocal and have an M25 mm mounting thread. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance. All S40x, S50x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable (1) Optional\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTRANSMITTED ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eTwo Köhler transmitted illumination options are available for the \u003cbr\u003eDelphi-X Observer™ microscope:\u003cbr\u003e• One based on a 3W NeoLED ™ Köhler type with adjustable intensity and internal 100-240V power supply\u003cbr\u003e• One based on a 100W halogen lamp Köhler type with adjustable intensity and internal 100-240V power supply The halogen transmitted illumination comes with 2 neutral density filters that can be fitted or removed and allow smooth attenuation of the light intensity for all types of specimens. The \u003cbr\u003eNeoLED ™ transmitted illumination comes with 1 neutral density filter that can be fitted or removed and allows attenuation of the light intensity NEOLED™\u003cbr\u003e The innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length to achieve three main benefits:\u003cbr\u003e• More oblique light can be captured from the LED light source, which significantly increases the light output • Less power is required to reach this level of light intensity \u003cbr\u003e• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the optical system to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThe exclusive iCare Sensor is designed to prevent unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after microscopists move away from their position\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle at the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope, and the integrated tool and tool holder ensure that the right tool is always available \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml of immersion oil","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670287913286,"sku":"DX.3158‑APLi\/HAL","price":17981.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-DX.3158-APLi.HAL.jpg?v=1730180315"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-dx-3153-apli-hal","title":"Trinocular Microscope DX.3153-APLi\/HAL","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex Delphi-X Observer microscope for fluorescence\u003c\/h2\u003eCutting-edge microscopes for advanced fluorescence applications in life sciences. The outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer ™ makes it ideal for life science fluorescence applications where a high-performance optical system is required. The wide field of view (25 mm) of the Super Wide Field eyepieces and the high numerical aperture of the 60 mm parfocal Plan Fluarex EIS objectives allow perfect observations with high resolving power and excellent colour reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the Delphi-X Observer microscope for fluorescence\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x\/22 mm eyepieces for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes (on request) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDARD HEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf trinocular head with tubes inclined at 30 °. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. Three-position beam splitter (0:100 \/ 80:20 \/ 100:0). Dioptre adjustment ± 5 on both eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC TILTING HEAD\u003cbr\u003eOptional ergonomic trinocular head from 0 to 35 ° supplied with SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance 47-78 mm and trinocular port with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eSextuple nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eENHANCED INFINITY-CORRECTED SYSTEM (EIS)\u003cbr\u003eThe enhanced infinity-corrected system (EIS) of the Delphi-X Observer ™ consists of SFWF 10x25 mm wide field eyepieces and high numerical aperture, 60 mm parfocal objectives with a focal length of 200 mm. The 200 mm focal length reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and, as a direct result, significantly improves chromatic aberration correction and the contrast of the images produced. Objectives with a larger diameter allow much higher numerical apertures, improving the overall resolving power of the optical system. For all these reasons, the Delphi-X Observer™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications Tilting head 2\/4\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (EIS) (recommended for routine clinical applications) \u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ comes as standard with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Achromatic objectives 4x\/0.10, 10x\/0.25, 20x\/0.40, S40x\/0.65 and S100x\/1.25 (oil immersion)\u003cbr\u003eAvailable as an option: 2x\/0.06 objective, S50x\/0.95 (oil immersion) and S60x\/0.80 PLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC FLUAREX OBJECTIVES (recommended for anatomical pathology and histopathology applications)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can also be supplied with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex objectives 4x\/0.13, 10x\/0.30, 20x\/0.50, S40x\/0.75 and S100x\/1.30 (oil immersion)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e190 x 152 mm stage with 78 x 32 mm travel range, with control knobs on the right. Designed for 2 slides. The standard stage has a scratch-resistant Gorilla glass coating. Scratch-resistant sapphire glass coating available on request. Stage with control knobs on the left available on request\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing knobs, 100 graduations, 1 μm precision, 100 μm per fine focus rotation, total travel range of approximately 35 mm. Supplied with a stage stop system to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focus is equipped with tension adjustment. The fine focus knobs can be switched from left to right according to user preference\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable and centrable swing-out Abbe type with numerical apertures N.A. 0.90 \/ 1.25 Abbe with numerical aperture identification marks and iris diaphragm \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFLUORESCENCE ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e The fluorescence attachment of the Delphi-X Observer ™ is equipped with a rotating turret that can hold up to 6 filter blocks and is supplied with an HBO 100W mercury vapour lamp illumination source for intense, broad-spectrum light \u003cbr\u003eSupplied with standard fluorescence filter blocks for blue excitation (EX460-490 DM500 EM520LP) and green excitation (EX510-550 DM570 EM590LP), UV protection and external power supply \u003cbr\u003eA wide range of fluorescence filter blocks is available \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e  Plan PLi 2x\/0.06(1) 4x\/0.10 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S50x\/0.95 oil immersion(1) S60x\/0.80(1) S100x\/1.25 oil immersion S100x\/1.25 Iris oil immersion (1) Plan Semi-Apo Fluarex 4x\/0.13 10x\/0.30 20x\/0.50 S40x\/0.75 S100x\/1.30 oil immersion \u003cbr\u003eAll objectives are 60 mm parfocal and have an M25 mm mounting thread. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance. All S40x, S50x, S60x and S100x objectives are spring-loaded (retractable) (1) Optional\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTRANSMITTED ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eTwo Köhler transmitted illuminations are available for the \u003cbr\u003eDelphi-X Observer™ microscope:\u003cbr\u003e• One based on a 3W NeoLED ™ Köhler type with adjustable intensity and internal 100-240V power supply\u003cbr\u003e• One based on a 100W halogen lamp Köhler type with adjustable intensity and internal 100-240V power supply. The halogen transmitted illumination comes with 2 neutral density filters that can be inserted or removed and allow smooth attenuation of the light intensity for all types of specimens. The \u003cbr\u003eNeoLED ™ transmitted illumination comes with 1 neutral density filter that can be inserted or removed and allows attenuation of the light intensity NEOLED™\u003cbr\u003e The innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length to obtain three main benefits:\u003cbr\u003e• More oblique light can be captured from the LED light source, which significantly increases the light output • Less power is required to reach this level of light intensity \u003cbr\u003e• The larger aperture of the NeoLED™ allows the optical system to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThe exclusive iCare Sensor is designed to prevent unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after microscopists move away from their position\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle at the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope, and the integrated tool and tool holder ensure that the right tool is always available \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670288240966,"sku":"DX.3153-APLi\/HAL","price":15085.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-DX.3153-APLi.HAL.jpg?v=1730180345"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-ergonomico-dx-3158-pli-hal","title":"Ergonomic Trinocular Microscope DX.3158‑PLi\/HAL","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex Delphi-X Observer Microscope for Fluorescence\u003c\/h2\u003eState-of-the-art microscopes for advanced fluorescence applications in life sciences. The outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer ™ makes it ideal for life science fluorescence applications where a high-performance optical system is required. The large field of view (25 mm) of the Super Wide Field eyepieces and the high numerical aperture of the 60 mm parfocal EIS Plan Fluarex objectives allow perfect observations with great resolving power and excellent colour reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the Delphi-X Observer Microscope for fluorescence\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x\/22 mm eyepieces for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes (on request) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDARD HEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf trinocular head with tubes inclined at 30 °. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. Three-position beam splitter (0: 100 \/ 80:20 \/ 100: 0). Dioptre adjustment ± 5 on both eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC TILTING HEAD\u003cbr\u003eOptional ergonomic-type trinocular head from 0 to 35 ° supplied with SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance 47-78 mm and trinocular port with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eSextuple objective nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eENHANCED INFINITY-CORRECTED SYSTEM (EIS)\u003cbr\u003eThe enhanced infinity-corrected system (EIS) of the Delphi-X Observer ™ consists of SFWF 10x25 mm wide-field eyepieces and high numerical aperture, 60 mm parfocal objectives with a focal length of 200 mm. The 200 mm focal length reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and, as a direct result, significantly improves chromatic aberration corrections and the contrast of the images produced. Objectives with a larger diameter allow much higher numerical apertures, improving the overall resolving power of the optical system. For all these reasons, the Delphi-X Observer™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications Tilting head 2\/4\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (EIS) (recommended for routine clinical applications) \u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ comes as standard with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Achromatic objectives 4x\/0.10, 10x\/0.25, 20x\/0.40, S40x\/0.65 and S100x\/1.25 (oil immersion)\u003cbr\u003eAvailable as an option: 2x\/0.06 objective, S50x\/0.95 (oil immersion) and S60x\/0.80 PLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC FLUAREX OBJECTIVES (recommended for anatomical pathology and histopathology applications)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can also be supplied with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex objectives 4x\/0.13, 10x\/0.30, 20x\/0.50, S40x\/0.75 and S100x\/1.30 (oil immersion)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e190 x 152 mm stage with 78 x 32 mm travel range and control knobs on the right. Designed for 2 slides. The standard stage has a scratch-resistant Gorilla glass coating. Scratch-resistant sapphire glass coating available on request. Stage with control knobs on the left available on request\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing knobs, 100 divisions, 1 μm precision, 100 μm per fine focus rotation, total travel range of approximately 35 mm. Supplied with a stage stop system to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focus is fitted with tension adjustment. The fine focusing knobs can be switched from left to right according to the user's preference\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable and centrable swing-out Abbe type with numerical apertures N.A. 0.90 \/ 1.25 Abbe with numerical aperture identification marks and iris diaphragm \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFLUORESCENCE ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e The fluorescence attachment of the Delphi-X Observer ™ is equipped with a rotating turret that can hold up to 6 filter blocks and is supplied with an HBO 100W mercury vapour lamp as the light source for an intense, broad spectrum of light \u003cbr\u003eSupplied with standard fluorescence filter blocks for blue excitation (EX460-490 DM500 EM520LP) and green excitation (EX510-550 DM570 EM590LP), UV protection and external power supply \u003cbr\u003eA wide range of fluorescence filter blocks is available \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e  Plan PLi 2x\/0.06(1) 4x\/0.10 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S50x\/0.95 oil immersion(1) S60x\/0.80(1) S100x\/1.25 oil immersion S100x\/1.25 Iris oil immersion (1) Plan Semi-Apo Fluarex 4x\/0.13 10x\/0.30 20x\/0.50 S40x\/0.75 S100x\/1.30 oil immersion \u003cbr\u003eAll objectives are 60 mm parfocal and have an M25 mm mounting thread. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance. All S40x, S50x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable (1) Optional\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTRANSMITTED ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eTwo Köhler transmitted illuminations are available for the \u003cbr\u003eDelphi-X Observer™ microscope:\u003cbr\u003e• One based on a 3W NeoLED ™ Köhler type with adjustable intensity and 100-240V internal power supply\u003cbr\u003e• One based on a 100W halogen lamp Köhler type with adjustable intensity and 100-240V internal power supply The halogen transmitted illumination comes with 2 neutral density filters that can be fitted or removed and allow smooth dimming of the light intensity for all types of specimens. The \u003cbr\u003eNeoLED ™ transmitted illumination comes with 1 neutral density filter that can be fitted or removed and allows dimming of the light intensity NEOLED™\u003cbr\u003e The innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length to achieve three main benefits:\u003cbr\u003e• More oblique light can be captured from the LED light source, which significantly increases the light output • Less power is required to reach this level of light intensity \u003cbr\u003e• The larger aperture of the NeoLED™ allows the optical system to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThe exclusive iCare Sensor is designed to prevent unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after microscopists move away from their position\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle at the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope, and the integrated tool and tool holder ensure that the right tool is always available \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670288634182,"sku":"DX.3158‑PLi\/HAL","price":15159.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-DX.3158-PLi.HAL.jpg?v=1730180380"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-dx-3153-pli-hal","title":"Trinocular Microscope DX.3153-PLi\/HAL","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex Delphi-X Observer Microscope for Fluorescence\u003c\/h2\u003eState-of-the-art microscopes for advanced fluorescence applications in life sciences. The outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer ™ makes it ideal for life science fluorescence applications where a high-performance optical system is required. The wide field of view (25 mm) of the Super Wide Field eyepieces and the high numerical aperture of the 60 mm parfocal EIS Plan Fluarex objectives allow perfect observations with high resolving power and excellent colour reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications Delphi-X Observer Microscope for fluorescence\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x\/22 mm eyepieces for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes (on request) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDARD HEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf trinocular head with tubes inclined at 30 °. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. Three-position beam splitter (0: 100 \/ 80:20 \/ 100: 0). Dioptre adjustment ± 5 on both eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC TILTING HEAD\u003cbr\u003eOptional ergonomic trinocular head from 0 to 35 ° supplied with SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance 47-78 mm and trinocular port with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eSextuple nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eENHANCED INFINITY-CORRECTED SYSTEM (EIS)\u003cbr\u003eThe enhanced infinity-corrected system (EIS) of the Delphi-X Observer ™ consists of SFWF 10x25 mm wide-field eyepieces and high numerical aperture, 60 mm parfocal objectives with a focal length of 200 mm. The 200 mm focal length reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and, as a direct result, significantly improves chromatic aberration correction and the contrast of the images produced. Objectives with a larger diameter allow much higher numerical apertures, improving the overall resolving power of the optical system. For all these reasons, the Delphi-X Observer™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications Tilting head 2\/4\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (EIS) (recommended for routine clinical applications) \u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ comes as standard with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Achromatic objectives 4x\/0.10, 10x\/0.25, 20x\/0.40, S40x\/0.65 and S100x\/1.25 (oil immersion)\u003cbr\u003eAvailable as an option: 2x\/0.06 objective, S50x\/0.95 (oil immersion) and S60x\/0.80 PLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC FLUAREX OBJECTIVES (recommended for anatomical pathology and histopathology applications)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can also be supplied with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex objectives 4x\/0.13, 10x\/0.30, 20x\/0.50, S40x\/0.75 and S100x\/1.30 (oil immersion)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e190 x 152 mm stage with a travel range of 78 x 32 mm and control knobs on the right. Designed for 2 slides. The standard stage has a scratch-resistant Gorilla glass coating. Scratch-resistant sapphire glass coating available on request. Stage with control knobs on the left is available on request\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing knobs, 100 graduations, 1 μm precision, 100 μm per fine focus rotation, total travel range of approximately 35 mm. Supplied with a stage stop system to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focus is equipped with tension adjustment. The fine focus knobs can be switched from left to right according to the user's preference\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable and centrable swing-out Abbe type with numerical apertures N.A. 0.90 \/ 1.25 Abbe with numerical aperture identification marks and iris diaphragm \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFLUORESCENCE ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e The fluorescence attachment of the Delphi-X Observer ™ is equipped with a rotating turret that can hold up to 6 filter blocks and is supplied with an HBO 100W mercury vapour lamp as the light source for an intense, broad spectrum of light \u003cbr\u003eSupplied with standard fluorescence filter blocks for blue excitation (EX460-490 DM500 EM520LP) and green excitation (EX510-550 DM570 EM590LP), UV protection and external power supply \u003cbr\u003eA wide range of fluorescence filter blocks is available \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e  Plan PLi 2x\/0.06(1) 4x\/0.10 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S50x\/0.95 oil immersion(1) S60x\/0.80(1) S100x\/1.25 oil immersion S100x\/1.25 Iris oil immersion (1) Plan Semi-Apo Fluarex 4x\/0.13 10x\/0.30 20x\/0.50 S40x\/0.75 S100x\/1.30 oil immersion \u003cbr\u003eAll objectives are 60 mm parfocal and have an M25 mm mounting thread. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance. All S40x, S50x, S60x and S100x objectives are of the retractable type (1) Optional\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTRANSMITTED ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eTwo Köhler transmitted illumination options are available for the \u003cbr\u003eDelphi-X Observer™ microscope:\u003cbr\u003e• One based on a 3W NeoLED ™ of Köhler type with adjustable intensity and internal 100-240V power supply\u003cbr\u003e• One based on a 100W halogen lamp of Köhler type with adjustable intensity and internal 100-240V power supply. The halogen transmitted illumination comes with 2 neutral density filters that can be fitted or removed and allow smooth dimming of the light intensity for all types of specimens. The \u003cbr\u003eNeoLED ™ transmitted illumination comes with 1 neutral density filter that can be fitted or removed and allows dimming of the light intensity NEOLED™\u003cbr\u003e The innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length to achieve three main benefits:\u003cbr\u003e• More oblique light can be captured from the LED light source, which significantly increases the light output • Less power is required to reach this level of light intensity \u003cbr\u003e• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the optical system to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThe exclusive iCare Sensor is designed to prevent unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after microscopists move away from their position\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle at the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope, and the integrated tool and tool holder ensure that the right tool is always available \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670288732486,"sku":"DX.3153-PLi\/HAL","price":12546.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-DX.3153-PLi.HAL.jpg?v=1730180411"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-ergonomico-dx-3158-apli","title":"Ergonomic Trinocular Microscope DX.3158‑APLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex Delphi-X Observer Fluorescence Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eCutting-edge microscopes for advanced fluorescence applications in life sciences. The outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer ™ makes it ideal for life science fluorescence applications where a high-performance optical system is required. The wide field of view (25 mm) of the Super Wide Field eyepieces and the high numerical aperture of the 60 mm parfocal EIS Plan Fluarex objectives allow perfect observations with high resolving power and excellent colour reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the Delphi-X Observer Fluorescence Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces for Ø 30 mm eyepiece holder\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x\/22 mm eyepieces for Ø 30 mm eyepiece holder (on request) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDARD HEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf trinocular head with tubes inclined at 30 °. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. Three-position beam splitter (0: 100 \/ 80:20 \/ 100: 0). Dioptre adjustment ± 5 on both eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC TILTING HEAD\u003cbr\u003eOptional ergonomic trinocular head from 0 to 35 °, supplied with SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance 47-78 mm and trinocular port with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eSextuple objective nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eENHANCED INFINITY-CORRECTED SYSTEM (EIS)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ enhanced infinity-corrected system (EIS) consists of SFWF 10x25 mm wide-field eyepieces and high numerical aperture, 60 mm parfocal objectives with a focal length of 200 mm. The 200 mm focal length reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and, as a direct result, significantly improves chromatic aberration correction and the contrast of the images produced. Objectives with a larger diameter allow much higher numerical apertures, improving the overall resolving power of the optical system. For all these reasons, the Delphi-X Observer™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications Tilting head 2\/4\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (EIS) (recommended for routine clinical applications) \u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ comes as standard with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Achromatic objectives 4x\/0.10, 10x\/0.25, 20x\/0.40, S40x\/0.65 and S100x\/1.25 (oil immersion)\u003cbr\u003eAvailable as an option: 2x\/0.06 objective, S50x\/0.95 (oil immersion) and S60x\/0.80 PLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC FLUAREX OBJECTIVES (recommended for pathology and histopathology applications)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can also be supplied with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex objectives 4x\/0.13, 10x\/0.30, 20x\/0.50, S40x\/0.75 and S100x\/1.30 (oil immersion)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e190 x 152 mm stage with 78 x 32 mm travel range, with control knobs on the right. Designed for 2 slides. The standard stage has a scratch-resistant Gorilla glass coating. Scratch-resistant sapphire glass coating available on request. Stage with control knobs on the left is available on request\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing knobs, 100 graduations, 1 μm precision, 100 μm per fine focus rotation, total travel range of approximately 35 mm. Supplied with a stage stop system to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focus is fitted with tension adjustment. The fine focus knobs can be switched from left to right according to user preference\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable and centrable swing-out Abbe type with numerical apertures N.A. 0.90 \/ 1.25 Abbe with numerical aperture identification marks and iris diaphragm \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFLUORESCENCE ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e The Delphi-X Observer ™ fluorescence accessory is fitted with a rotating turret that can hold up to 6 filter blocks and is supplied with an HBO 100W mercury vapour lamp light source for intense, broad-spectrum light \u003cbr\u003eSupplied with standard fluorescence filter blocks for blue excitation (EX460-490 DM500 EM520LP) and green excitation (EX510-550 DM570 EM590LP), UV protection and external power supply \u003cbr\u003eA wide range of fluorescence filter blocks is available \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e  Plan PLi 2x\/0.06(1) 4x\/0.10 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S50x\/0.95 oil immersion(1) S60x\/0.80(1) S100x\/1.25 oil immersion S100x\/1.25 Iris oil immersion (1) Plan Semi-Apo Fluarex 4x\/0.13 10x\/0.30 20x\/0.50 S40x\/0.75 S100x\/1.30 oil immersion \u003cbr\u003eAll objectives are 60 mm parfocal and have an M25 mm mounting thread. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance. All S40x, S50x, S60x and S100x objectives are of the retractable type (1) Optional\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTRANSMITTED ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eTwo Köhler transmitted illumination options are available for the \u003cbr\u003eDelphi-X Observer™ microscope:\u003cbr\u003e• One based on a 3W NeoLED ™ Köhler type with adjustable intensity and internal 100-240V power supply\u003cbr\u003e• One based on a 100W halogen lamp Köhler type with adjustable intensity and internal 100-240V power supply. The halogen transmitted illumination comes with 2 neutral density filters that can be fitted or removed and allow smooth attenuation of the light intensity for all types of specimens. The \u003cbr\u003eNeoLED ™ transmitted illumination comes with 1 neutral density filter that can be fitted or removed and allows attenuation of the light intensity NEOLED™\u003cbr\u003e The innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length, offering three main benefits:\u003cbr\u003e• More oblique light can be captured from the LED light source, which significantly increases the light output • Less power is required to reach this level of light intensity \u003cbr\u003e• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the optical system to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThe exclusive iCare Sensor is designed to prevent unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after microscopists move away from their position\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle at the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope, and the integrated tool and tool holder ensure that the right tool is always available \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml of immersion oil","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670289551686,"sku":"DX.3158‑APLi","price":18101.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-DX.3158-APLi.jpg?v=1730180442"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-dx-3153-apli","title":"Trinocular Microscope DX.3153-APLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex Delphi-X Observer Microscope for Fluorescence\u003c\/h2\u003eState-of-the-art microscopes for advanced fluorescence applications in life sciences. The outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer ™ makes it ideal for life science fluorescence applications where a high-performance optical system is required. The wide field of view (25 mm) of the Super Wide Field eyepieces and the high numerical aperture of the 60 mm parfocal EIS Plan Fluarex objectives allow perfect observations with high resolving power and excellent colour reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the Delphi-X Observer Microscope for Fluorescence\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x\/22 mm eyepieces for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes (on request) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDARD HEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf trinocular head with tubes inclined at 30 °. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. Three-position beam splitter (0:100 \/ 80:20 \/ 100:0). Dioptre adjustment ± 5 on both eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC TILTING HEAD\u003cbr\u003eOptional ergonomic trinocular head from 0 to 35 ° supplied with SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance 47-78 mm and trinocular port with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eSextuple objective nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eENHANCED INFINITY-CORRECTED SYSTEM (EIS)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ enhanced infinity-corrected system (EIS) consists of SFWF 10x25 mm wide-field eyepieces and high numerical aperture, 60 mm parfocal objectives with a focal length of 200 mm. The 200 mm focal length reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and, as a direct result, significantly improves chromatic aberration correction and the contrast of the images produced. Objectives with a larger diameter allow much higher numerical apertures, improving the overall resolving power of the optical system. For all these reasons, the Delphi-X Observer™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications Tilting head 2\/4\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (EIS) (recommended for routine clinical applications) \u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ comes as standard with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Achromatic objectives 4x\/0.10, 10x\/0.25, 20x\/0.40, S40x\/0.65 and S100x\/1.25 (oil immersion)\u003cbr\u003eAvailable as an option: 2x\/0.06 objective, S50x\/0.95 (oil immersion) and S60x\/0.80 PLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC FLUAREX OBJECTIVES (recommended for pathology and histopathology applications)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can also be supplied with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex objectives 4x\/0.13, 10x\/0.30, 20x\/0.50, S40x\/0.75 and S100x\/1.30 (oil immersion)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e190 x 152 mm stage with a travel range of 78 x 32 mm and control knobs on the right. Designed for 2 slides. The standard stage has a scratch-resistant Gorilla glass coating. Scratch-resistant sapphire glass coating available on request. Stage with control knobs on the left is available on request\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing knobs, 100 graduations, 1 μm precision, 100 μm per fine focus rotation, total travel range of approximately 35 mm. Supplied with a stage stop system to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focus is equipped with tension adjustment. The fine focus knobs can be switched from left to right according to user preference\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable and centrable swing-out Abbe type with numerical apertures N.A. 0.90 \/ 1.25 Abbe with numerical aperture identification marks and iris diaphragm \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFLUORESCENCE ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e The Delphi-X Observer ™ fluorescence attachment is equipped with a rotating turret that can hold up to 6 filter blocks and is supplied with an HBO 100W mercury vapour lamp illumination source for intense, broad-spectrum light \u003cbr\u003eSupplied with standard fluorescence filter blocks for blue excitation (EX460-490 DM500 EM520LP) and green excitation (EX510-550 DM570 EM590LP), UV protection and external power supply \u003cbr\u003eA wide range of fluorescence filter blocks is available \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e  Plan PLi 2x\/0.06(1) 4x\/0.10 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S50x\/0.95 oil immersion(1) S60x\/0.80(1) S100x\/1.25 oil immersion S100x\/1.25 Iris oil immersion (1) Plan Semi-Apo Fluarex 4x\/0.13 10x\/0.30 20x\/0.50 S40x\/0.75 S100x\/1.30 oil immersion \u003cbr\u003eAll objectives are 60 mm parfocal and have an M25 mm mounting thread. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance. All S40x, S50x, S60x and S100x objectives are spring-loaded (retractable) (1) Optional\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTRANSMITTED ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eTwo Köhler transmitted illuminations are available for the \u003cbr\u003eDelphi-X Observer™ microscope:\u003cbr\u003e• One based on a 3W NeoLED ™ Köhler type with adjustable intensity and internal 100-240V power supply\u003cbr\u003e• One based on a 100W halogen Köhler type lamp with adjustable intensity and internal 100-240V power supply. The halogen transmitted illumination comes with 2 neutral density filters that can be inserted or removed and allow smooth attenuation of the light intensity for all types of specimens. The \u003cbr\u003eNeoLED ™ transmitted illumination comes with 1 neutral density filter that can be inserted or removed and allows attenuation of the light intensity NEOLED™\u003cbr\u003e The innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length to obtain three main benefits:\u003cbr\u003e• More oblique light can be captured from the LED light source, which significantly increases the light output • Less energy is required to reach this level of light intensity \u003cbr\u003e• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the optical system to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThe exclusive iCare Sensor is designed to prevent unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after microscopists move away from their position\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle at the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope, and the integrated tool and tool holder ensure that the right tool is always available \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670289944902,"sku":"DX.3153-APLi","price":15193.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-DX.3153-APLi.jpg?v=1730180472"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-ergonomico-dx-3158-pli","title":"Ergonomic Trinocular Microscope DX.3158‑PLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex Delphi-X Observer Microscope for Fluorescence\u003c\/h2\u003eCutting-edge microscopes for advanced fluorescence applications in life sciences. The outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer ™ makes it ideal for life science fluorescence applications where a high-performance optical system is required. The large field of view (25 mm) of the Super Wide Field eyepieces and the high numerical aperture of the 60 mm parfocal EIS Plan Fluarex objectives allow perfect observations with high resolving power and excellent colour reproduction quality\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the Delphi-X Observer Microscope for Fluorescence\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces for Ø 30 mm eyepiece holder\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x\/22 mm eyepieces for Ø 30 mm eyepiece holder (on request) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDARD HEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf trinocular head with tubes inclined at 30 °. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. Three-position beam splitter (0:100 \/ 80:20 \/ 100:0). Dioptre adjustment ± 5 on both eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC TILTING HEAD\u003cbr\u003eOptional ergonomic trinocular head from 0 to 35 ° supplied with SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance 47-78 mm and trinocular port with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eSextuple nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eENHANCED INFINITY-CORRECTED SYSTEM (EIS)\u003cbr\u003eThe enhanced infinity-corrected system (EIS) of the Delphi-X Observer ™ consists of SFWF 10x25 mm wide field eyepieces and parfocal 60 mm objectives with a high numerical aperture and a focal length of 200 mm. The 200 mm focal length reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and, as a direct result, significantly improves chromatic aberration corrections and the contrast of the images produced. Objectives with a larger diameter allow much higher numerical apertures, improving the overall resolving power of the optical system. For all these reasons, the Delphi-X Observer™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications Tilting head 2\/4\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (EIS) (recommended for routine clinical applications) \u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ comes as standard with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Achromatic objectives 4x\/0.10, 10x\/0.25, 20x\/0.40, S40x\/0.65 and S100x\/1.25 (oil immersion)\u003cbr\u003eAvailable as an option: 2x\/0.06 objective, S50x\/0.95 (oil immersion) and S60x\/0.80 PLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC FLUAREX OBJECTIVES (recommended for pathology and histopathology applications)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can also be supplied with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex objectives 4x\/0.13, 10x\/0.30, 20x\/0.50, S40x\/0.75 and S100x\/1.30 (oil immersion)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e190 x 152 mm stage with a travel range of 78 x 32 mm and control knobs on the right-hand side. Designed for 2 slides. The standard stage has a scratch-resistant Gorilla glass coating. Scratch-resistant sapphire glass coating available on request. The stage with control knobs on the left-hand side is available on request\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing knobs, 100 graduations, 1 μm precision, 100 μm per rotation of the fine focus, total travel range of approximately 35 mm. Supplied with a stage stop system to prevent damage to the specimen and objectives. The coarse focus is fitted with tension adjustment. The fine focusing knobs can be switched from left to right according to the user's preference\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable and centrable swing-out Abbe type with numerical apertures N.A. 0.90 \/ 1.25 Abbe with numerical aperture marks and iris diaphragm \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFLUORESCENCE ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e The fluorescence attachment of the Delphi-X Observer ™ is equipped with a rotating turret that can hold up to 6 filter blocks and is supplied with an HBO 100W mercury vapour lamp as light source for an intense, broad spectrum of light \u003cbr\u003eSupplied with standard fluorescence filter blocks for blue excitation (EX460-490 DM500 EM520LP) and green excitation (EX510-550 DM570 EM590LP), UV protection and external power supply \u003cbr\u003eA wide range of fluorescence filter blocks is available \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e  Plan PLi 2x\/0.06(1) 4x\/0.10 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S50x\/0.95 oil immersion(1) S60x\/0.80(1) S100x\/1.25 oil immersion S100x\/1.25 Iris oil immersion (1) Plan Semi-Apo Fluarex 4x\/0.13 10x\/0.30 20x\/0.50 S40x\/0.75 S100x\/1.30 oil immersion \u003cbr\u003eAll objectives are parfocal 60 mm and have an M25 mm mounting thread. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance. All S40x, S50x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable (1) Optional\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTRANSMITTED ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eTwo Köhler transmitted illumination options are available for the \u003cbr\u003eDelphi-X Observer™ microscope:\u003cbr\u003e• One based on a 3W NeoLED ™ Köhler type with adjustable intensity and internal 100-240V power supply\u003cbr\u003e• One based on a 100W halogen lamp Köhler type with adjustable intensity and internal 100-240V power supply. The halogen transmitted illumination comes with 2 neutral density filters that can be fitted or removed and allow smooth attenuation of the light intensity for all types of specimens. The \u003cbr\u003eNeoLED ™ transmitted illumination comes with 1 neutral density filter that can be fitted or removed and allows attenuation of the light intensity NEOLED™\u003cbr\u003e The innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length to obtain three main benefits:\u003cbr\u003e• More oblique light can be captured from the LED light source, which significantly increases the light output • Less power is required to reach this level of light intensity \u003cbr\u003e• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the optical system to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThe exclusive iCare Sensor is designed to prevent unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after microscopists move away from their position\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle at the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope, and the integrated tool and tool holder ensure that the right tool is always available \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml of immersion oil","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670291255622,"sku":"DX.3158‑PLi","price":15275.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-DX.3158-PLi.jpg?v=1730180508"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-dx-3153-pli","title":"Trinocular Microscope DX.3153-PLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex Delphi-X Observer Fluorescence Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eCutting-edge microscopes for advanced fluorescence applications in life sciences. The outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer ™ makes it ideal for life science fluorescence applications where a high-performance optical system is required. The wide field of view (25 mm) of the Super Wide Field eyepieces and the high numerical aperture of the 60 mm parfocal EIS Plan Fluarex objectives allow perfect observations with high resolving power and excellent colour reproduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the Delphi-X Observer Fluorescence Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x\/22 mm eyepieces for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes (on request) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDARD HEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf trinocular head with tubes inclined at 30 °. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. Three-position beam splitter (0: 100 \/ 80:20 \/ 100: 0). Diopter adjustment ± 5 on both eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC TILTING HEAD\u003cbr\u003eOptional ergonomic trinocular head from 0 to 35 ° supplied with SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance 47-78 mm and trinocular port with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eSextuple objective nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eENHANCED INFINITY-CORRECTED SYSTEM (EIS)\u003cbr\u003eThe enhanced infinity-corrected system (EIS) of the Delphi-X Observer ™ consists of SFWF 10x25 mm wide field eyepieces and high numerical aperture 60 mm parfocal objectives with a focal length of 200 mm. The 200 mm focal length reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and, as a direct result, significantly improves chromatic aberration correction and the contrast of the images produced. Objectives with a larger diameter allow much higher numerical apertures, improving the overall resolving power of the optical system. For all these reasons, the Delphi-X Observer™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications Tilting head 2\/4\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (EIS) (recommended for routine clinical applications) \u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ comes as standard with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Achromatic objectives 4x\/0.10, 10x\/0.25, 20x\/0.40, S40x\/0.65 and S100x\/1.25 (oil immersion)\u003cbr\u003eAvailable as options: 2x\/0.06 objective, S50x\/0.95 (oil immersion) and S60x\/0.80 PLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC FLUAREX OBJECTIVES (recommended for anatomical pathology and histopathology applications)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can also be supplied with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex objectives 4x\/0.13, 10x\/0.30, 20x\/0.50, S40x\/0.75 and S100x\/1.30 (oil immersion)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e190 x 152 mm stage with 78 x 32 mm travel range and control knobs on the right. Designed for 2 slides. The standard stage has a scratch-resistant Gorilla glass coating. Scratch-resistant sapphire glass coating available on request. Stage with control knobs on the left available on request\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing knobs, 100 graduations, 1 μm precision, 100 μm per fine focus rotation, total travel range of approximately 35 mm. Supplied with a stage stop system to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focus is fitted with tension adjustment. The fine focus knobs can be switched from left to right according to the user's preference\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable and centrable Abbe type swing-out condenser with numerical apertures N.A. 0.90 \/ 1.25 Abbe with numerical aperture identification marks and iris diaphragm \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFLUORESCENCE ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e The fluorescence attachment of the Delphi-X Observer ™ is equipped with a rotating turret that can hold up to 6 filter blocks and is supplied with a HBO 100W mercury vapour lamp light source for intense, broad-spectrum light \u003cbr\u003eSupplied with standard fluorescence filter blocks for blue excitation (EX460-490 DM500 EM520LP) and green excitation (EX510-550 DM570 EM590LP), UV protection and external power supply \u003cbr\u003eA wide range of fluorescence filter blocks is available \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e  Plan PLi 2x\/0.06(1) 4x\/0.10 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S50x\/0.95 oil immersion(1) S60x\/0.80(1) S100x\/1.25 oil immersion S100x\/1.25 Iris oil immersion (1) Plan Semi-Apo Fluarex 4x\/0.13 10x\/0.30 20x\/0.50 S40x\/0.75 S100x\/1.30 oil immersion \u003cbr\u003eAll objectives are 60 mm parfocal and have an M25 mm mounting thread. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance. All S40x, S50x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable (1) Optional\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTRANSMITTED ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eTwo Köhler transmitted illumination options are available for the \u003cbr\u003eDelphi-X Observer™ microscope:\u003cbr\u003e• One based on a 3W NeoLED ™ Köhler type with adjustable intensity and internal 100-240V power supply\u003cbr\u003e• One based on a 100W halogen lamp Köhler type with adjustable intensity and internal 100-240V power supply. The halogen transmitted illumination comes with 2 removable neutral density filters that allow smooth dimming of the light intensity for all types of specimens. The \u003cbr\u003eNeoLED ™ transmitted illumination comes with 1 removable neutral density filter that allows dimming of the light intensity NEOLED™\u003cbr\u003e The innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length to obtain three main benefits:\u003cbr\u003e• More oblique light can be captured from the LED light source, which significantly increases the light output • Less power is required to reach this level of light intensity \u003cbr\u003e• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the optical system to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThe exclusive iCare Sensor is designed to prevent unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after microscopists move away from their position\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle on the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope, and the integrated tool and tool holder ensure that the right tool is always available \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670294466886,"sku":"DX.3153-PLi","price":12650.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-DX.3153-PLi.jpg?v=1730180538"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-2-usuarios-dx-2154-plphi","title":"Trinocular Microscope, 2 Users, DX.2154-PLPHi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex Delphi-X Observer Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eState-of-the-art microscopes for advanced life science applications\u003cbr\u003eThe outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer ™ with 25 mm fields of view and the high numerical aperture of the 60 mm parfocal Plan EIS objectives allows perfect observations and colour reproduction with high resolving power. This is the perfect microscope for pathologists\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the Delphi-X Observer Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• Super widefield SWF10x\/25 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes\u003cbr\u003e• Extended widefield EWF10x\/22 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDARD HEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf trinocular design with tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. The standard trinocular head has a three-position optical path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Documentation port of Ø 23.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003eErgonomic trinocular head (optional), tiltable between 0 and 35°, with SWF10x\/25mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm, three-position optical path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Documentation port of Ø 23.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer microscope can be expanded with a unique multi-head system with a total of 2, 3, 5 or 10 heads, allowing simultaneous observation of specimens. The central attachment is equipped with a trinocular head and a joystick to move a green or red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all the heads\u003cbr\u003eMulti-head systems with two, three or five heads and tubes inclined at 30° are supplied with SWF10x\/25 mm super widefield eyepieces. Multi-head systems with ten heads and tubes inclined at 30° have the main trinocular head equipped with SWF10x\/25 mm super widefield eyepieces and the other nine binocular heads with EWF10x\/22 mm extended widefield eyepieces. The Delphi-X Observer ™ multi-head system with ten heads is supplied without the iCare sensor \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFACE-TO-FACE DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can be supplied with two binocular heads in a face-to-face configuration that allows simultaneous observation by two operators. The main binocular head is equipped with SWF10x\/25 mm super widefield eyepieces and the second head with EWF10x\/22 mm extended widefield eyepieces. A joystick allows the operator to move a green or red laser pointer across the field of view of both heads \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eInward-facing sextuple objective nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings. With thread for 25 mm diameter objectives and a slot for optional DIC prisms \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMOTORISED NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer™ can be supplied with a motorised sextuple nosepiece in reversed position. A precise stepper motor allows the user to change objectives at the push of a button. Another button allows quick switching between two previously selected objectives. Supplied as standard with the motorised nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eENHANCED INFINITY SYSTEM (EIS)\u003cbr\u003eThe enhanced infinity system (EIS) of the Delphi-X Observer ™ consists of SFWF super widefield SFW10x25 mm eyepieces, high numerical aperture parfocal 60 mm objectives and a tube lens with a focal length of 200 mm. The 200 mm focal length tube lens reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and, as a direct result, significantly improves chromatic aberration correction and contrast. Objectives with a larger diameter allow much higher numerical apertures, which improve the overall resolving power of the optical system \u003cbr\u003eFor all these reasons, the Delphi-X Observer ™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (routine clinical laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ comes as standard with infinity-corrected Plan achromatic EIS objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion \u003cbr\u003eOptional objectives: Plan achromatic 2x\/0.06 objective (working distance 7.5 mm), Plan achromatic S50x\/0.95 (working distance 0.19 mm), Plan achromatic S60x\/0.80 (working distance 0.30 mm) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (anatomy and histopathology laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can also be supplied with infinity-corrected Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex EIS objectives 4x\/0.13, 10x\/0.30, 20x\/0.50, S40x\/0.75 and S100x\/1.30 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePHASE CONTRAST OBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eInfinity-corrected Plan achromatic phase contrast EIS objectives 10x\/0.25, 20x\/0.40, s40x\/0.65 and s100x\/1.25 (oil immersion). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• 190 x 152 mm stage with integrated right-hand mechanical stage of 78 x 32 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Designed for 2 slides\u003cbr\u003e• With scratch-resistant Gorilla glass coating • Left-handed mechanical stage available on request (order reference: add -L to the product number)\u003cbr\u003e(Optional: stage with sapphire glass coating available on request)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing, 100 graduations, 1 μm precision, 100 μm per rotation, total travel range of approximately 35 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage elevation stop to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focusing system has tension adjustment. The fine focus knobs can be switched from left to right (by magnetic system) according to the user's preference \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER (for brightfield) \u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 0.90\/1.25, swing-out and height adjustable, with markings showing the numerical aperture. Models with a swing-out nosepiece are supplied with a motorised condenser that swings out the front lens of the condenser when the 4x objective is used \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003ePlan PLi EIS 2x\/0.06(1) 4x\/0.10 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S50x\/0.95 oil* S60x\/0.80* S100x\/1.25 oil S100x\/1.25 oil iris*\u003cbr\u003ePlan Phase PLPHi EIS 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S100x\/1.25 oil\u003cbr\u003ePlan Semi-Apo PLAi EIS 4x\/0.13 10x\/0.30 20x\/0.50 S40x\/0.75 S100x\/1.30 oil\u003cbr\u003eAll optics are coated with an antifungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance. The S40x, S50x, S60x and S100x objectives are of the retractable type \u003cbr\u003e* Optional\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR DIFFERENTIAL INTERFERENCE CONTRAST (DIC) AND BRIGHTFIELD\u003cbr\u003eAn optional height-adjustable disc condenser for DIC and brightfield that can be fitted with various primary DIC prisms for use with sliders with secondary DIC prisms to be placed in the nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST \u003cbr\u003eZernike-type condenser N.A. 1.25 with 5-position turret (brightfield, phase 10x, phase 20x, phase 40x and phase 100x). Height adjustable. Iris diaphragm \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDIASCOPIC ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eTwo Köhler illumination systems are available for the Delphi-X Observer microscope:\u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type with intensity adjustable via NeoLED™ 3W with internal 100-240 V power supply \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type with intensity adjustable via 100W halogen lamp with internal 100-240 V power supply. The diascopic halogen illumination comes with two push-in \/ push-out neutral density filters for smooth attenuation of the light intensity for all types of specimens. The NeoLED™ diascopic illumination comes with one neutral density filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLIGHT INTENSITY MANAGER FUNCTION (LIM)\u003cbr\u003eThe LIM function automatically memorises the preferred intensity when changing objectives. This saves having to adjust the light intensity every time the objective is changed. This function allows the intensity chosen for each objective magnification to be memorised, which considerably improves user efficiency and reduces eye strain. Included as standard on all models with a motorised nosepiece; for the other models, see the instructions below. How to order the light intensity memory function: \u003cbr\u003eExample: model DX.1153-PLi\/LIM is the same as model DX.1153-PLi but with the addition of the NEOLED™ memory function\u003cbr\u003eThe innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length to  iCare sensor obtain three main benefits:\u003cbr\u003e• More oblique light can be captured from the LED light source, which significantly increases the light output \u003cbr\u003e• Less power is required to reach this level of light intensity \u003cbr\u003e• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the microscope's optical systems to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle at the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope, and the integrated tool and tool holder ensure that the right tool is always available\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml bottle of immersion oil. Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670294630726,"sku":"DX.2154-PLPHi","price":8434.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-DX.1154-PLi.jpg?v=1730180568"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-2-usuarios-dx-2154-apli","title":"Trinocular Microscope 2 Users DX.2154-APLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex Delphi-X Observer Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eState-of-the-art microscopes for advanced life science applications\u003cbr\u003eThe outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer ™, with 25 mm fields of view and the large numerical aperture of the 60 mm parafocal Plan EIS objectives, allows perfect observations and colour reproduction with high resolving power. This is the perfect microscope for pathologists\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications Delphi-X Observer Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• Super wide field SWF10x\/25 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes\u003cbr\u003e• Extended wide field EWF10x\/22 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDARD HEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf trinocular design with tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. The standard trinocular head has a three-position optical path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Documentation port of Ø 23.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003eErgonomic trinocular head (optional), tiltable between 0 and 35°, with SWF10x\/25mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm, three-position optical path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Documentation port of Ø 23.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer microscope can be expanded with a unique multi-head system with a total of 2, 3, 5 or 10 heads, allowing simultaneous observation of specimens. The central accessory is equipped with a trinocular head and a joystick to move a green or red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all the heads\u003cbr\u003eMulti-head systems with two, three or five heads and tubes inclined at 30° are supplied with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces. Multi-head systems with ten heads and tubes inclined at 30° have the main trinocular head equipped with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces and the other nine binocular heads with EWF10x\/22 mm extended wide field eyepieces. The Delphi-X Observer ™ multi-head system with ten heads is supplied without the iCare sensor \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDUAL FACE-TO-FACE HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can be supplied with two binocular heads in a face-to-face configuration, allowing simultaneous observation by two operators. The main binocular head is equipped with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces and the second head with EWF10x\/22 mm extended wide field eyepieces. A joystick allows the operator to move a green or red laser pointer across the field of view of both heads \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eSextuple inward-facing objective nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings. Threaded for objectives of 25 mm diameter and with a slot for optional DIC prisms \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMOTORISED NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer™ can be supplied with a motorised sextuple reversed nosepiece. A precise stepper motor allows the user to change objectives at the push of a button. Another button allows quick switching between two preselected objectives. Supplied as standard with the motorised nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eENHANCED INFINITY CORRECTED SYSTEM (EIS)\u003cbr\u003eThe enhanced infinity system (EIS) of the Delphi-X Observer ™ consists of SFWF10x25 mm super wide field eyepieces, 60 mm parafocal high numerical aperture objectives and a tube lens with a focal length of 200 mm. The 200 mm focal length tube lens reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and, as a direct result, significantly improves chromatic aberration correction and contrast. The larger diameter objectives allow much higher numerical apertures, which improve the overall resolving power of the optical system \u003cbr\u003eFor all these reasons, the Delphi-X Observer ™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (routine clinical laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ comes as standard with infinity corrected Plan Achromatic EIS objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion \u003cbr\u003eOptional objectives: Plan Achromatic 2x\/0.06 objective (working distance 7.5 mm), Plan Achromatic S50x\/0.95 (working distance 0.19 mm), Plan Achromatic S60x\/0.80 (working distance 0.30 mm) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (anatomy and histopathology laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can also be supplied with infinity corrected Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex EIS objectives 4x\/0.13, 10x\/0.30, 20x\/0.50, S40x\/0.75 and S100x\/1.30 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePHASE CONTRAST OBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eInfinity corrected Plan Achromatic phase contrast EIS objectives 10x\/0.25, 20x\/0.40, s40x\/0.65 and s100x\/1.25 (oil immersion). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• 190 x 152 mm stage with integrated right-hand mechanical stage of 78 x 32 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Designed for 2 slides\u003cbr\u003e• With scratch-resistant Gorilla glass coating • Left-handed mechanical stage available on request (Order reference: add -L to the product number)\u003cbr\u003e(Optional: sapphire glass coated stage available on request)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing, 100 graduations, 1 μm precision, 100 μm per rotation, total travel range of approximately 35 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage height stop to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focusing system has tension adjustment. The fine focusing knobs can be switched from left to right (by magnetic system) according to the user's preference \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER (for brightfield) \u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 0.90\/1.25, swing-out and height adjustable, with identification marks for the numerical aperture. Models with a swing-out nosepiece are supplied with a motorised condenser that swings out the front lens of the condenser when the 4x objective is used \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003ePlan PLi EIS 2x\/0.06(1) 4x\/0.10 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S50x\/0.95 oil* S60x\/0.80* S100x\/1.25 oil S100x\/1.25 oil iris*\u003cbr\u003ePlan Phase PLPHi EIS 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S100x\/1.25 oil\u003cbr\u003ePlan Semi-Apo PLAi EIS 4x\/0.13 10x\/0.30 20x\/0.50 S40x\/0.75 S100x\/1.30 oil\u003cbr\u003eAll optics are coated with an antifungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance. The S40x, S50x, S60x and S100x objectives are of the retractable type \u003cbr\u003e* Optional\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR DIFFERENTIAL INTERFERENCE CONTRAST (DIC) AND BRIGHTFIELD\u003cbr\u003eAn optional height-adjustable disc condenser for DIC and brightfield, which can be equipped with various primary DIC prisms for use with sliders with secondary DIC prisms to be placed in the nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST \u003cbr\u003eZernike type condenser N.A. 1.25 with 5-position turret (brightfield, phase 10x, phase 20x, phase 40x and phase 100x). Height adjustable. Iris diaphragm \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDIASCOPIC ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eTwo Köhler illumination systems are available for the Delphi-X Observer microscope:\u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type with intensity adjustable via NeoLED™ 3W with internal power supply of 100-240 V \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type with intensity adjustable via 100W halogen lamp with internal power supply of 100-240 V. The diascopic halogen illumination comes with two push-in \/ push-out neutral density filters for smooth attenuation of light intensity for all types of specimens. The NeoLED™ diascopic illumination comes with one neutral density filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLIGHT INTENSITY MANAGER FUNCTION (LIM)\u003cbr\u003eThe LIM function automatically memorises the preferred intensity when changing objectives. This saves having to adjust the light intensity every time the objective is changed. This function allows the intensity chosen for each objective magnification to be memorised, which considerably improves user efficiency and reduces eye strain. Included as standard on all models with a motorised nosepiece; for other models, see the instructions below How to order the light intensity memorisation function: \u003cbr\u003eExample: model DX.1153-PLi\/LIM is the same as model DX.1153-PLi but with the addition of the memorisation function NEOLED™\u003cbr\u003eThe innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length to iCare Sensor achieve three main benefits:\u003cbr\u003e• More oblique light can be captured from the LED light source, which significantly increases the light output \u003cbr\u003e• Less energy is required to reach this level of light intensity \u003cbr\u003e• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the microscope's optical systems to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle at the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope, and the integrated tool and tool holder ensure that the right tool is always available\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual and a 5 ml bottle of immersion oil. Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670295056710,"sku":"DX.2154-APLi","price":10015.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-DX.1154-PLi_45d0b530-fc93-4d5c-aa9f-2d4895a330a6.jpg?v=1730180599"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-2-usuarios-dx-2154-pli","title":"Trinocular Microscope for 2 Users DX.2154-PLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex Delphi-X Observer Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eState-of-the-art microscopes for advanced life science applications\u003cbr\u003eThe outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer ™, with 25 mm fields of view and the high numerical aperture of the 60 mm parfocal Plan EIS objectives, allows perfect observations and colour reproduction with a high resolving power. This is the perfect microscope for pathologists\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the Delphi-X Observer Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• Super widefield SWF10x\/25 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes\u003cbr\u003e• Extended widefield EWF10x\/22 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDARD HEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf trinocular design with tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. The standard trinocular head has a three-position optical path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Ø 23.2 mm documentation port\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003eErgonomic trinocular head (optional), tiltable between 0 and 35°, with SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm, three-position optical path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Ø 23.2 mm documentation port\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer microscope can be expanded with a unique multi-head system with a total of 2, 3, 5 or 10 heads, allowing simultaneous observation of specimens. The central accessory is equipped with a trinocular head and a joystick to move a green or red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all the heads\u003cbr\u003eMulti-head systems with two, three or five heads and tubes inclined at 30° are supplied with SWF10x\/25 mm super widefield eyepieces. Multi-head systems with ten heads and tubes inclined at 30° have the main trinocular head equipped with SWF10x\/25 mm super widefield eyepieces, and the other nine binocular heads with EWF10x\/22 mm extended widefield eyepieces. The Delphi-X Observer ™ multi-head system with ten heads is supplied without the iCare sensor \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFACE-TO-FACE DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can be supplied with two binocular heads in a face-to-face configuration that allows simultaneous observation by two operators. The main binocular head is equipped with SWF10x\/25 mm super widefield eyepieces and the second head with EWF10x\/22 mm extended widefield eyepieces. A joystick allows the operator to move a green or red laser pointer across the field of view of both heads \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eSextuple inward-facing nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings. With thread for 25 mm diameter objectives and a slot for optional DIC prisms \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMOTORISED NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer™ can be supplied with a motorised sextuple nosepiece in reversed position. A precise stepper motor allows the user to change objectives at the push of a button. Another button allows quick switching between two preselected objectives. Supplied as standard with the motorised nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eENHANCED INFINITY CORRECTION SYSTEM (EIS)\u003cbr\u003eThe enhanced infinity system (EIS) of the Delphi-X Observer ™ consists of SFWF super widefield SFW10x25 mm eyepieces, high numerical aperture 60 mm parfocal objectives and a tube lens with a focal length of 200 mm. The 200 mm focal length tube lens reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and, as a direct result, significantly improves the corrections and the contrast of the chromatic aberration. Objectives with a larger diameter allow much higher numerical apertures, which improve the overall resolving power of the optical system \u003cbr\u003eFor all these reasons, the Delphi-X Obsever ™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (routine clinical laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ comes as standard with infinity-corrected EIS Plan achromatic objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion \u003cbr\u003eOptional objectives: Plan achromatic 2x\/0.06 objective (working distance 7.5 mm), Plan achromatic S50x\/0.95 (working distance 0.19 mm), Plan achromatic S60x\/0.80 (working distance 0.30 mm) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (anatomy and histopathology laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can also be supplied with infinity-corrected EIS Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex objectives 4x\/0.13, 10x\/0.30, 20x\/0.50, S40x\/0.75 and S100x\/1.30 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePHASE CONTRAST OBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eInfinity-corrected EIS Plan achromatic phase contrast objectives 10x\/0.25, 20x\/0.40, s40x\/0.65 and s100x\/1.25 (oil immersion). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• 190 x 152 mm stage with integrated right-hand mechanical stage of 78 x 32 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Designed for 2 slides\u003cbr\u003e• With scratch-resistant Gorilla glass coating • Left-hand mechanical stage available on request (Order reference: add -L to the product number)\u003cbr\u003e(Optional: stage with sapphire glass coating available on request)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing, 100 graduations, 1 μm precision, 100 μm per rotation, total travel range of approximately 35 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage height stop to avoid damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focusing system has tension adjustment. The fine focus knobs can be switched from left to right (magnetic system) according to the user's preference \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER (for brightfield) \u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 0.90\/1.25, swing-out and height-adjustable, with numerical aperture markings. Models with a swing-out nosepiece are supplied with a motorised condenser that swings out the front lens of the condenser when the 4x objective is used \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003ePlan PLi EIS 2x\/0.06(1) 4x\/0.10 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S50x\/0.95 oil* S60x\/0.80* S100x\/1.25 oil S100x\/1.25 oil iris*\u003cbr\u003ePlan Phase PLPHi EIS 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S100x\/1.25 oil\u003cbr\u003ePlan Semi-Apo PLAi EIS 4x\/0.13 10x\/0.30 20x\/0.50 S40x\/0.75 S100x\/1.30 oil\u003cbr\u003eAll optics are coated with an antifungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance. The S40x, S50x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable \u003cbr\u003e* Optional\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR DIFFERENTIAL INTERFERENCE CONTRAST (DIC) AND BRIGHTFIELD\u003cbr\u003eAn optional height-adjustable disc condenser for DIC and brightfield that can be fitted with various primary DIC prisms for use with sliders with secondary DIC prisms to be placed in the nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST \u003cbr\u003eZernike type condenser N.A. 1.25 with 5-position turret (brightfield, phase 10x, phase 20x, phase 40x and phase 100x). Height-adjustable. Iris diaphragm \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDIASCOPIC ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eTwo Köhler illumination systems are available for the Delphi-X Observer microscope:\u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type with adjustable intensity using NeoLED™ 3W with internal 100-240 V power supply \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type with adjustable intensity using 100W halogen lamp with internal 100-240 V power supply. The diascopic halogen illumination comes with two push-in \/ push-out neutral density filters for smooth attenuation of the light intensity for all types of specimens. The NeoLED™ diascopic illumination comes with one neutral density filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLIGHT INTENSITY MANAGER (LIM) FUNCTION\u003cbr\u003eThe LIM function automatically memorises the preferred intensity when changing objectives. This saves having to adjust the light intensity every time the objective is changed. This function allows the intensity chosen for each objective magnification to be memorised, which considerably improves user efficiency and reduces eye strain. Included as standard on all models with a motorised nosepiece; for the other models, see the instructions below. How to order the light intensity memory function: \u003cbr\u003eExample: model DX.1153-PLi\/LIM is the same as model DX.1153-PLi but with the addition of the memory function NEOLED™\u003cbr\u003eThe innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length for iCare sensor to obtain three main benefits:\u003cbr\u003e• More oblique light can be captured from the LED light source, which significantly increases the light output \u003cbr\u003e• Less energy is required to reach this level of light intensity \u003cbr\u003e• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the microscope's optical systems to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor avoids unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle at the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope, and the integrated tool and tool holder ensure that the right tool is always available\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil bottle. Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670296498502,"sku":"DX.2154-PLi","price":7474.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-DX.1154-PLi_baf16a0b-9e97-4d9c-acc5-9b5812a06f5e.jpg?v=1730180634"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-2-usuarios-dx-1154-plphi","title":"Trinocular Microscope 2 Users DX.1154-PLPHi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex Delphi-X Observer Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eLatest-generation microscopes for advanced life science applications\u003cbr\u003eThe outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer ™, with 25 mm fields of view and the high numerical aperture of the 60 mm parfocal Plan EIS objectives, allows perfect observations and colour reproduction with high resolving power. This is the perfect microscope for pathologists\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDelphi-X Observer Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• Super wide field SWF10x\/25 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes\u003cbr\u003e• Extended wide field EWF10x\/22 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDARD HEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf trinocular head with tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. The standard trinocular head has a three-position optical path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Ø 23.2 mm documentation port\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003eErgonomic trinocular head (optional), tiltable between 0 and 35°, with SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm, three-position optical path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Ø 23.2 mm documentation port\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer microscope can be expanded with a unique multi-head system with a total of 2, 3, 5 or 10 heads, allowing simultaneous observation of specimens. The central attachment is equipped with a trinocular head and a joystick to move a green or red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all the heads\u003cbr\u003eMulti-head systems with two, three or five heads and tubes inclined at 30° are supplied with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces. Multi-head systems with ten heads and tubes inclined at 30° have the main trinocular head equipped with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces and the other nine binocular heads with EWF10x\/22 mm extended wide field eyepieces. The Delphi-X Observer ™ ten-head multi-head system is supplied without the iCare sensor \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFACE-TO-FACE DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can be supplied with two binocular heads in a face-to-face configuration that allows simultaneous observation by two operators. The main binocular head is equipped with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces and the second head with EWF10x\/22 mm extended wide field eyepieces. A joystick allows the operator to move a green or red laser pointer across the field of view of both heads \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eSextuple inward-facing nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings. Threaded for 25 mm diameter objectives and with a slot for optional DIC prisms \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMOTORISED NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer™ can be supplied with a motorised sextuple nosepiece in reverse position. A precise stepper motor allows the user to change objectives at the push of a button. Another button allows quick switching between two previously selected objectives. Supplied as standard with the motorised nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eENHANCED INFINITY CORRECTION SYSTEM (EIS)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ enhanced infinity system (EIS) consists of SFWF super wide field SFW10x25 mm eyepieces, 60 mm parfocal objectives with high numerical aperture and a tube lens with a focal length of 200 mm. The 200 mm focal length tube lens reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and, as a direct result, significantly improves corrections and chromatic aberration contrast. Objectives with a larger diameter allow much higher numerical apertures, which improve the overall resolving power of the optical system \u003cbr\u003eFor all these reasons, the Delphi-X Observer ™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (routine clinical laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ comes as standard with infinity-corrected Plan achromatic EIS objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion \u003cbr\u003eOptional objectives: Plan achromatic 2x\/0.06 objective (working distance 7.5 mm), Plan achromatic S50x\/0.95 (working distance 0.19 mm), Plan achromatic S60x\/0.80 (working distance 0.30 mm) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (anatomy and histopathology laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can also be supplied with infinity-corrected Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex EIS objectives 4x\/0.13, 10x\/0.30, 20x\/0.50, S40x\/0.75 and S100x\/1.30 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePHASE CONTRAST OBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eInfinity-corrected Plan achromatic phase contrast EIS objectives 10x\/0.25, 20x\/0.40, s40x\/0.65 and s100x\/1.25 (oil immersion). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• 190 x 152 mm stage with integrated right-hand 78 x 32 mm mechanical stage\u003cbr\u003e• Designed for 2 slides\u003cbr\u003e• With scratch-resistant Gorilla glass coating • Left-handed mechanical stage available on request (Order reference: add -L to the product number)\u003cbr\u003e(Optional: stage with sapphire glass coating available on request)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing, 100 graduations, 1 μm precision, 100 μm per rotation, total travel range of approximately 35 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage height stop to prevent damage to the specimen and objectives. The coarse focusing system has tension adjustment. The fine focus knobs can be switched from left to right (by magnetic system) according to user preference \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER (for brightfield) \u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 0.90\/1.25, swing-out and height-adjustable, with numerical aperture markings. Models with a swing-out nosepiece are supplied with a motorised condenser that swings out the front lens of the condenser when the 4x objective is used \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003ePlan PLi EIS 2x\/0.06(1) 4x\/0.10 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S50x\/0.95 oil* S60x\/0.80* S100x\/1.25 oil S100x\/1.25 oil iris*\u003cbr\u003ePlan Phase PLPHi EIS 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S100x\/1.25 oil\u003cbr\u003ePlan Semi-Apo PLAi EIS 4x\/0.13 10x\/0.30 20x\/0.50 S40x\/0.75 S100x\/1.30 oil\u003cbr\u003eAll optics are coated with an antifungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance. The S40x, S50x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable \u003cbr\u003e* Optional\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR DIFFERENTIAL INTERFERENCE CONTRAST (DIC) AND BRIGHTFIELD\u003cbr\u003eAn optional height-adjustable disc condenser for DIC and brightfield that can be fitted with various primary DIC prisms for use with sliders with secondary DIC prisms to be placed in the nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST \u003cbr\u003eZernike-type condenser N.A. 1.25 with 5-position turret (brightfield, phase 10x, phase 20x, phase 40x and phase 100x). Height-adjustable. Iris diaphragm \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDIASCOPIC ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eTwo Köhler illuminations are available for the Delphi-X Observer microscope:\u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type with intensity adjustable via NeoLED™ 3W with internal 100-240 V power supply \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type with intensity adjustable via 100W halogen lamp with internal 100-240 V power supply. The halogen diascopic illumination comes with two push-in \/ push-out neutral density filters for smooth attenuation of light intensity for all types of specimens. The NeoLED™ diascopic illumination comes with one neutral density filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLIGHT INTENSITY MEMORY FUNCTION (LIM)\u003cbr\u003eThe LIM function automatically memorises the preferred intensity when changing objectives. This saves having to adjust the light intensity every time the objective is changed. This function stores the intensity chosen for each objective magnification, which considerably improves user efficiency and reduces eye strain. Included as standard on all models with a motorised nosepiece; for other models, see the instructions below. How to order the light intensity memory function: \u003cbr\u003eExample: model DX.1153-PLi\/LIM is the same as model DX.1153-PLi but with the addition of the memory function NEOLED™\u003cbr\u003eThe innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length to obtain three main benefits:\u003cbr\u003e• More oblique light can be captured from the LED light source, which significantly increases light output \u003cbr\u003e• Less power is required to reach this level of light intensity \u003cbr\u003e• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the microscope's optical systems to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor prevents unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle at the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope, and the integrated tool and tool holder ensure that the right tool is always available\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil bottle. Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670296596806,"sku":"DX.1154-PLPHi","price":8544.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-DX.1154-PLi_02cf94f7-2352-4866-a3b1-8b61ba0261b2.jpg?v=1730180664"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-2-usuarios-dx-1154-apli","title":"Trinocular Microscope for 2 Users DX.1154-APLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex Delphi-X Observer Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eState-of-the-art microscopes for advanced life science applications\u003cbr\u003eThe outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer ™ with 25 mm fields of view and the large numerical aperture of the 60 mm parfocal Plan EIS objectives enables perfect observations and colour reproduction with high resolving power. This is the perfect microscope for pathologists\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications Delphi-X Observer Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• Super wide field SWF10x\/25 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes\u003cbr\u003e• Extended wide field EWF10x\/22 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDARD HEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf trinocular design with tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. The standard trinocular head has a three-position light path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Documentation port of Ø 23.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003eErgonomic trinocular head (optional), tiltable between 0 and 35°, with SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm, three-position light path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Documentation port of Ø 23.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer microscope can be extended with a unique multi-head system with a total of 2, 3, 5 or 10 heads, allowing simultaneous observation of specimens. The central attachment is equipped with a trinocular head and a joystick to move a green or red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all the heads\u003cbr\u003eMulti-head systems with two, three or five heads and tubes inclined at 30° are supplied with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces. Multi-head systems with ten heads and tubes inclined at 30° have the main trinocular head equipped with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces and the other nine binocular heads with EWF10x\/22 mm extended wide field eyepieces. The Delphi-X Observer ™ multi-head system with ten heads is supplied without the iCare sensor \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFACE-TO-FACE DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can be supplied with two binocular heads in a face-to-face configuration that allows simultaneous observation by two operators. The main binocular head is equipped with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces and the second head with EWF10x\/22 mm extended wide field eyepieces. A joystick allows the operator to move a green or red laser pointer across the field of view of both heads \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eSextuple inward-facing objective nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings. With thread for 25 mm diameter objectives and slot for optional DIC prisms \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMOTORISED NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer™ can be supplied with a motorised sextuple nosepiece in reversed position. A precise stepper motor allows the user to change objectives at the push of a button. Another button allows quick switching between two previously selected objectives. Supplied as standard with the motorised nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eENHANCED INFINITY CORRECTED SYSTEM (EIS)\u003cbr\u003eThe enhanced infinity system (EIS) of the Delphi-X Observer ™ consists of SFWF super wide field eyepieces SFW10x25 mm, high numerical aperture parfocal objectives of 60 mm and a tube lens with a focal length of 200 mm. The 200 mm focal length tube lens reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and, as a direct result, significantly improves the corrections and contrast of chromatic aberration. The larger diameter objectives allow much higher numerical apertures, which improve the overall resolving power of the optical system \u003cbr\u003eFor all these reasons, the Delphi-X Obsever ™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (routine clinical laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ comes as standard with EIS infinity corrected Plan achromatic objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion \u003cbr\u003eOptional objectives: Plan achromatic objective 2x\/0.06 (working distance 7.5 mm), Plan achromatic S50x\/0.95 (working distance 0.19 mm), Plan achromatic S60x\/0.80 (working distance 0.30 mm) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (anatomy and histopathology laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can also be supplied with EIS infinity corrected Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex objectives 4x\/0.13, 10x\/0.30, 20x\/0.50, S40x\/0.75 and S100x\/1.30 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePHASE CONTRAST OBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eEIS infinity corrected Plan achromatic phase contrast objectives 10x\/0.25, 20x\/0.40, s40x\/0.65 and s100x\/1.25 (oil immersion). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• 190 x 152 mm stage with integrated right-hand mechanical stage of 78 x 32 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Designed for 2 slides\u003cbr\u003e• With scratch-resistant Gorilla glass coating • Left-handed mechanical stage available on request (Order reference: add -L to the product number)\u003cbr\u003e(Optional: stage with sapphire glass coating available on request)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing, 100 graduations, 1 μm precision, 100 μm per rotation, total travel range of approximately 35 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage height stop to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focusing system has tension adjustment. The fine focus knobs can be switched from left to right (by a magnetic system) according to user preference \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER (for brightfield) \u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 0.90\/1.25, swing-out and height adjustable, with markings showing the numerical aperture. Models with a swing-out nosepiece are supplied with a motorised condenser that swings out the front lens of the condenser when the 4x objective is used \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003ePlan PLi EIS 2x\/0.06(1) 4x\/0.10 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S50x\/0.95 oil* S60x\/0.80* S100x\/1.25 oil S100x\/1.25 oil iris*\u003cbr\u003ePlan Phase PLPHi EIS 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S100x\/1.25 oil\u003cbr\u003ePlan Semi-Apo PLAi EIS 4x\/0.13 10x\/0.30 20x\/0.50 S40x\/0.75 S100x\/1.30 oil\u003cbr\u003eAll optics are coated with an antifungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance. The S40x, S50x, S60x and S100x objectives are spring-loaded (retractable) \u003cbr\u003e* Optional\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR DIFFERENTIAL INTERFERENCE CONTRAST (DIC) AND BRIGHTFIELD\u003cbr\u003eAn optional height-adjustable disc condenser for DIC and brightfield that can be fitted with various primary DIC prisms for use with sliders with secondary DIC prisms to be placed in the nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST \u003cbr\u003eZernike type condenser N.A. 1.25 with 5-position turret (brightfield, phase 10x, phase 20x, phase 40x and phase 100x). Height adjustable. Iris diaphragm \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDIASCOPIC ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eTwo Köhler illumination systems are available for the Delphi-X Observer microscope:\u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type with intensity adjustable via NeoLED™ 3W with internal 100-240 V power supply \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type with intensity adjustable via 100W halogen lamp with internal 100-240 V power supply. The halogen diascopic illumination comes with two push-in \/ push-out neutral density filters for smooth attenuation of the light intensity for all types of specimens. The NeoLED™ diascopic illumination comes with one neutral density filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLIGHT INTENSITY MANAGER FUNCTION (LIM)\u003cbr\u003eThe LIM function automatically memorises the preferred intensity when changing objectives. This saves having to adjust the light intensity each time the objective is changed. This function allows the intensity chosen for each objective magnification to be memorised, which considerably improves user efficiency and reduces eye fatigue. Included as standard on all models with a motorised nosepiece; for the other models, see the instructions below. How to order the light intensity memorisation function: \u003cbr\u003eExample: model DX.1153-PLi\/LIM is the same as model DX.1153-PLi but with the addition of the NEOLED™ memorisation function\u003cbr\u003eThe innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length for iCare Sensor to obtain three main benefits:\u003cbr\u003e• More oblique light can be captured from the LED light source, which significantly increases the light output \u003cbr\u003e• Less power is required to reach this level of light intensity \u003cbr\u003e• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the microscope's optical systems to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor avoids unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle on the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope, and the integrated tool and tool holder ensure that the right tool is always available\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual and a 5 ml bottle of immersion oil. Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670296957254,"sku":"DX.1154-APLi","price":10123.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-DX.1154-PLi_3f6f136c-aa4e-45c6-a757-c3b1dbb317d8.jpg?v=1730180694"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-2-usuarios-dx-1154-pli","title":"Trinocular Microscope 2 Users DX.1154-PLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex Delphi-X Observer Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eState-of-the-art microscopes for advanced life science applications\u003cbr\u003eThe outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer ™, with 25 mm fields of view and the high numerical aperture of the parafocal 60 mm Plan EIS objectives, allows perfect observations and colour reproduction with a high resolving power. This is the perfect microscope for anatomical pathologists\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications Delphi-X Observer Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• Super wide field SWF10x\/25 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes\u003cbr\u003e• Extended wide field EWF10x\/22 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDARD HEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf trinocular head with tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. The standard trinocular head has a three-position optical path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Documentation port of Ø 23.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003eErgonomic trinocular head (optional), tiltable between 0 and 35°, with SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm, three-position optical path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Documentation port of Ø 23.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer microscope can be extended with a unique multi-head system with a total of 2, 3, 5 or 10 heads, allowing simultaneous observation of the specimens. The central accessory is equipped with a trinocular head and a joystick to move a green or red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all the heads\u003cbr\u003eMulti-head systems with two, three or five heads and tubes inclined at 30° are supplied with super wide field SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces. Multi-head systems with ten heads and tubes inclined at 30° have the main trinocular head equipped with super wide field SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces and the other nine binocular heads with extended wide field EWF10x\/22 mm eyepieces. The Delphi-X Observer ™ multi-head system with ten heads is supplied without the iCare sensor \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFACE-TO-FACE DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can be supplied with two binocular heads in a face-to-face configuration that allows simultaneous observation by two operators. The main binocular head is equipped with super wide field SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces and the second head with extended wide field EWF10x\/22 mm eyepieces. A joystick allows the operator to move a green or red laser pointer across the entire field of view of both heads \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eSextuple inward-facing nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings. Threaded for objectives of 25 mm diameter and with a slot for optional DIC prisms \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMOTORISED NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer™ can be supplied with a motorised sextuple nosepiece in reversed position. A precise stepper motor allows the user to change objectives at the push of a button. Another button allows quick switching between two previously selected objectives. Supplied as standard with the motorised nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eENHANCED INFINITY CORRECTION SYSTEM (EIS)\u003cbr\u003eThe enhanced infinity system (EIS) of the Delphi-X Observer ™ consists of SFWF super wide field SFW10x25 mm eyepieces, high numerical aperture parafocal 60 mm objectives and a tube lens with a focal length of 200 mm. The 200 mm focal length tube lens reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and, as a direct result, significantly improves the corrections and the contrast of the chromatic aberration. The larger diameter objectives allow much higher numerical apertures, which improve the overall resolving power of the optical system \u003cbr\u003eFor all these reasons, the Delphi-X Observer ™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (routine clinical laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ comes as standard with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Achromatic objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion \u003cbr\u003eOptional objectives: Plan Achromatic 2x\/0.06 objective (working distance 7.5 mm), Plan Achromatic S50x\/0.95 (working distance 0.19 mm), Plan Achromatic S60x\/0.80 (working distance 0.30 mm) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (anatomy and histopathology laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can also be supplied with EIS infinity-corrected Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex objectives 4x\/0.13, 10x\/0.30, 20x\/0.50, S40x\/0.75 and S100x\/1.30 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePHASE CONTRAST OBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eEIS infinity-corrected Plan Achromatic phase contrast objectives 10x\/0.25, 20x\/0.40, s40x\/0.65 and s100x\/1.25 (oil immersion). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• 190 x 152 mm stage with integrated right-hand mechanical stage of 78 x 32 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Designed for 2 slides\u003cbr\u003e• With scratch-resistant Gorilla glass coating • Left-handed mechanical stage available on request (order reference: add -L to the product number)\u003cbr\u003e(Optional: stage with sapphire glass coating available on request)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing, 100 graduations, 1 μm precision, 100 μm per rotation, total travel range of approximately 35 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage height stop to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focusing system has tension adjustment. The fine focusing knobs can be switched from left to right (by magnetic system) according to the user's preference \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER (for brightfield) \u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 0.90\/1.25, swing-out and height-adjustable, with markings identifying the numerical aperture. Models with a swing-out nosepiece are supplied with a motorised condenser that swings out the front lens of the condenser when the 4x objective is used \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003ePlan PLi EIS 2x\/0.06(1) 4x\/0.10 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S50x\/0.95 oil* S60x\/0.80* S100x\/1.25 oil S100x\/1.25 oil iris*\u003cbr\u003ePlan Phase PLPHi EIS 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S100x\/1.25 oil\u003cbr\u003ePlan Semi-Apo PLAi EIS 4x\/0.13 10x\/0.30 20x\/0.50 S40x\/0.75 S100x\/1.30 oil\u003cbr\u003eAll optics are coated with an antifungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance. The S40x, S50x, S60x and S100x objectives are of the retractable type \u003cbr\u003e* Optional\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR DIFFERENTIAL INTERFERENCE CONTRAST (DIC) AND BRIGHTFIELD\u003cbr\u003eAn optional height-adjustable disc condenser for DIC and brightfield that can be equipped with several primary DIC prisms for use with sliders with secondary DIC prisms to be placed in the nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST \u003cbr\u003eZernike-type condenser N.A. 1.25 with 5-position turret (brightfield, phase 10x, phase 20x, phase 40x and phase 100x). Height-adjustable. Iris diaphragm \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDIASCOPIC ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eTwo Köhler illumination systems are available for the Delphi-X Observer microscope:\u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type with intensity adjustable by means of NeoLED™ 3W with internal 100-240 V power supply \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type with intensity adjustable by means of 100W halogen lamp with internal 100-240 V power supply. The diascopic halogen illumination comes with two push-in \/ push-out neutral density filters for smooth attenuation of the light intensity for all types of specimens. The NeoLED™ diascopic illumination comes with one neutral density filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLIGHT INTENSITY MANAGER FUNCTION (LIM)\u003cbr\u003eThe LIM function automatically memorises the preferred intensity when changing objectives. This saves having to adjust the light intensity every time the objective is changed. This function allows the intensity chosen for each objective magnification to be memorised, which considerably improves user efficiency and reduces eye strain. Included as standard on all models with a motorised nosepiece; for the other models, see the instructions below. How to order the light intensity memorisation function: \u003cbr\u003eExample: model DX.1153-PLi\/LIM is the same as model DX.1153-PLi but with the addition of the memorisation function NEOLED™\u003cbr\u003eThe innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length for iCare sensor to obtain three main benefits:\u003cbr\u003e• More oblique light can be captured from the LED light source, which significantly increases the light output \u003cbr\u003e• Less power is required to reach this level of light intensity \u003cbr\u003e• The larger aperture of the NeoLED™ allows the microscope's optical systems to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor prevents unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle at the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope, and the integrated tool and tool holder ensure that the right tool is always available\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml bottle of immersion oil. Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670296990022,"sku":"DX.1154-PLi","price":7580.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-DX.1154-PLi_466f072a-0fbe-407a-b431-b055f8105d19.jpg?v=1730180725"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-ergonomico-dx-2158-plphi","title":"Ergonomic Trinocular Microscope DX.2158-PLPHi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex Delphi-X Observer Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eState-of-the-art microscopes for advanced life science applications\u003cbr\u003eThe outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer ™, with 25 mm fields of view and the high numerical aperture of the 60 mm parfocal Plan EIS objectives, allows perfect observations and colour reproduction with a high resolving power. This is the perfect microscope for pathologists\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications Delphi-X Observer Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• Super wide field SWF10x\/25 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes\u003cbr\u003e• Extended wide field EWF10x\/22 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDARD HEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf trinocular head with tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. The standard trinocular head has a three-position optical path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Documentation port of Ø 23.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003eErgonomic trinocular head (optional), tiltable between 0 and 35°, with SWF10x\/25mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm, three-position optical path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Documentation port of Ø 23.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer microscope can be expanded with a unique multi-head system with a total of 2, 3, 5 or 10 heads, allowing simultaneous observation of specimens. The central attachment is equipped with a trinocular head and a joystick to move a green or red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all the heads\u003cbr\u003eMulti-head systems with two, three or five heads and tubes inclined at 30° are supplied with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces. Multi-head systems with ten heads and tubes inclined at 30° have the main trinocular head equipped with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces and the other nine binocular heads with EWF10x\/22 mm extended wide field eyepieces. The Delphi-X Observer ™ multi-head system with ten heads is supplied without the iCare sensor \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFACE-TO-FACE DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eDelphi-X Observer ™ can be supplied with two binocular heads in a face-to-face configuration that allows simultaneous observation by two operators. The main binocular head is equipped with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces and the second head with EWF10x\/22 mm extended wide field eyepieces. A joystick allows the operator to move a green or red laser pointer across the field of view of both heads \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eSextuple inward-facing nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings. With thread for objectives of 25 mm diameter and with a slot for optional DIC prisms \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMOTORISED NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer™ can be supplied with a motorised sextuple nosepiece in reversed position. A precise stepper motor allows the user to change objectives at the push of a button. Another button allows quick switching between two previously selected objectives. Supplied as standard with the motorised nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eENHANCED INFINITY CORRECTION SYSTEM (EIS)\u003cbr\u003eThe enhanced infinity system (EIS) of the Delphi-X Observer ™ consists of SFWF super wide field SFW10x25 mm eyepieces, parfocal high numerical aperture objectives of 60 mm and a tube lens with a focal length of 200 mm. The 200 mm focal length tube lens reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and, as a direct result, significantly improves the corrections and the contrast of chromatic aberration. Objectives with a larger diameter allow much higher numerical apertures, which improve the overall resolving power of the optical system \u003cbr\u003eFor all these reasons, Delphi-X Obsever ™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (routine clinical laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ comes as standard with infinity-corrected EIS Plan Achromatic objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion \u003cbr\u003eOptional objectives: Plan Achromatic 2x\/0.06 objective (working distance 7.5 mm), Plan Achromatic S50x\/0.95 (working distance 0.19 mm), Plan Achromatic S60x\/0.80 (working distance 0.30 mm) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (anatomy and histopathology laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can also be supplied with infinity-corrected EIS Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex objectives 4x\/0.13, 10x\/0.30, 20x\/0.50, S40x\/0.75 and S100x\/1.30 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePHASE CONTRAST OBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eInfinity-corrected EIS Plan Achromatic phase contrast objectives 10x\/0.25, 20x\/0.40, s40x\/0.65 and s100x\/1.25 (oil immersion). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• 190 x 152 mm stage with integrated right-hand mechanical stage of 78 x 32 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Designed for 2 slides\u003cbr\u003e• With scratch-resistant Gorilla glass coating • Left-handed mechanical stage available on request (Order reference: add -L to the product number)\u003cbr\u003e(Optional: stage with sapphire glass coating available on request)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing, 100 graduations, 1 μm precision, 100 μm per rotation, total travel range of approximately 35 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage elevation stop to prevent damage to the specimen and objectives. The coarse focusing system has tension adjustment. The fine focusing knobs can be switched from left to right (magnetic system) according to the user's preference \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER (for brightfield) \u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 0.90\/1.25, swing-out and height-adjustable, with markings indicating the numerical aperture. Models with a swing-out nosepiece are supplied with a motorised condenser that swings out the front lens of the condenser when the 4x objective is used \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003ePlan PLi EIS 2x\/0.06(1) 4x\/0.10 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S50x\/0.95 oil* S60x\/0.80* S100x\/1.25 oil S100x\/1.25 oil iris*\u003cbr\u003ePlan Phase PLPHi EIS 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S100x\/1.25 oil\u003cbr\u003ePlan Semi-Apo PLAi EIS 4x\/0.13 10x\/0.30 20x\/0.50 S40x\/0.75 S100x\/1.30 oil\u003cbr\u003eAll optics are coated with an antifungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance. The S40x, S50x, S60x and S100x objectives are of the retractable type \u003cbr\u003e* Optional\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR DIFFERENTIAL INTERFERENCE CONTRAST (DIC) AND BRIGHTFIELD\u003cbr\u003eAn optional height-adjustable disc condenser for DIC and brightfield that can be fitted with various primary DIC prisms for use with sliders with secondary DIC prisms to be placed in the nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST \u003cbr\u003eZernike-type condenser N.A. 1.25 with 5-position turret (brightfield, phase 10x, phase 20x, phase 40x and phase 100x). Height-adjustable. Iris diaphragm \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDIASCOPIC ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eTwo Köhler illumination systems are available for the Delphi-X Observer microscope:\u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type with intensity adjustable via NeoLED™ 3W with internal 100-240 V power supply \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type with intensity adjustable via 100W halogen lamp with internal 100-240 V power supply. The halogen diascopic illumination comes with two push-in \/ push-out neutral density filters for smooth attenuation of the light intensity for all types of specimens. The NeoLED™ diascopic illumination comes with one neutral density filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLIGHT INTENSITY MANAGER (LIM) FUNCTION\u003cbr\u003eThe LIM function automatically memorises the preferred intensity when changing objectives. This saves having to adjust the light intensity every time the objective is changed. This function allows the intensity chosen for each objective magnification to be memorised, which considerably improves user efficiency and reduces eye strain. Included as standard on all models with a motorised nosepiece; for the other models, see the instructions below. How to order the light intensity memorisation function: \u003cbr\u003eExample: model DX.1153-PLi\/LIM is the same as model DX.1153-PLi but with the addition of the NEOLED™ memorisation function\u003cbr\u003eThe innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length to iCare Sensor achieve three main benefits:\u003cbr\u003e• More oblique light can be captured from the LED light source, which significantly increases the light output \u003cbr\u003e• Less energy is required to reach this level of light intensity \u003cbr\u003e• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the microscope's optical systems to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle at the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope, and the integrated tool and tool holder ensure that the right tool is always available\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual and a 5 ml bottle of immersion oil. Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670297219398,"sku":"DX.2158-PLPHi","price":6804.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-DX.2158-PLPHi.jpg?v=1730180759"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-dx-2153-plphi","title":"Trinocular Microscope DX.2153-PLPHi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex Delphi-X Observer Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eState-of-the-art microscopes for advanced life science applications\u003cbr\u003eThe outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer ™, with 25 mm fields of view and the large numerical aperture of the 60 mm parfocal Plan EIS objectives, allows perfect observations and colour reproduction with high resolving power. This is the perfect microscope for anatomical pathologists\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDelphi-X Observer Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• Super wide field SWF10x\/25 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• Extended wide field EWF10x\/22 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDARD HEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf design trinocular head with tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. The standard trinocular head has a three-position optical path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Ø 23.2 mm documentation port\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003eErgonomic trinocular head (optional), tiltable between 0 and 35°, with SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm, three-position optical path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Ø 23.2 mm documentation port\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer microscope can be extended with a unique multi-head system with a total of 2, 3, 5 or 10 heads, allowing simultaneous observation of specimens. The central attachment is equipped with a trinocular head and a joystick to move a green or red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all the heads\u003cbr\u003eMulti-head systems with two, three or five heads and tubes inclined at 30° are supplied with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces. Multi-head systems with ten heads and tubes inclined at 30° have the main trinocular head equipped with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces and the other nine binocular heads with EWF10x\/22 mm extended wide field eyepieces. The Delphi-X Observer ™ multi-head system with ten heads is supplied without the iCare sensor \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFACE-TO-FACE DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can be supplied with two binocular heads in a face-to-face configuration, allowing simultaneous observation by two operators. The main binocular head is equipped with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces and the second head with EWF10x\/22 mm extended wide field eyepieces. A joystick allows the operator to move a green or red laser pointer across the field of view of both heads \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eSextuple inward-facing nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings. With thread for 25 mm diameter objectives and a slot for optional DIC prisms \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMOTORISED NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer™ can be supplied with a motorised sextuple nosepiece in reversed position. A precise stepper motor allows the user to change objectives at the push of a button. Another button allows quick switching between two previously selected objectives. Supplied as standard with the motorised nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eENHANCED INFINITY SYSTEM (EIS)\u003cbr\u003eThe enhanced infinity system (EIS) of the Delphi-X Observer ™ consists of SFWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces, 60 mm parfocal objectives with a high numerical aperture and a tube lens with a focal length of 200 mm. The 200 mm focal length tube lens reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and, as a direct result, significantly improves chromatic aberration correction and contrast. The larger diameter objectives allow much higher numerical apertures, which improve the overall resolving power of the optical system \u003cbr\u003eFor all these reasons, the Delphi-X Observer ™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (routine clinical laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ comes as standard with infinity-corrected Plan Achromatic EIS objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion \u003cbr\u003eOptional objectives: Plan Achromatic 2x\/0.06 objective (working distance 7.5 mm), Plan Achromatic S50x\/0.95 (working distance 0.19 mm), Plan Achromatic S60x\/0.80 (working distance 0.30 mm) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (anatomy and histopathology laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can also be supplied with infinity-corrected Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex EIS objectives 4x\/0.13, 10x\/0.30, 20x\/0.50, S40x\/0.75 and S100x\/1.30 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePHASE CONTRAST OBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eInfinity-corrected Plan Achromatic phase contrast EIS objectives 10x\/0.25, 20x\/0.40, s40x\/0.65 and s100x\/1.25 (oil immersion). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• 190 x 152 mm stage with integrated right-hand 78 x 32 mm mechanical stage\u003cbr\u003e• Designed for 2 slides\u003cbr\u003e• With scratch-resistant Gorilla glass coating • Left-handed mechanical stage available on request (Order reference: add -L to the product number)\u003cbr\u003e(Optional: stage with sapphire glass coating available on request)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing, 100 graduations, 1 μm precision, 100 μm per rotation, total travel range of approximately 35 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage elevation stop to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focusing system has tension adjustment. The fine focus knobs can be switched from left to right (by magnetic system) according to the user's preferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER (for brightfield) \u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 0.90\/1.25, swing-out and height-adjustable, with markings identifying the numerical aperture. Models with a swing-out nosepiece are supplied with a motorised condenser that swings out the front lens of the condenser when the 4x objective is used \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003ePlan PLi EIS 2x\/0.06(1) 4x\/0.10 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S50x\/0.95 oil* S60x\/0.80* S100x\/1.25 oil S100x\/1.25 oil iris*\u003cbr\u003ePlan Phase PLPHi EIS 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S100x\/1.25 oil\u003cbr\u003ePlan Semi-Apo PLAi EIS 4x\/0.13 10x\/0.30 20x\/0.50 S40x\/0.75 S100x\/1.30 oil\u003cbr\u003eAll optics are coated with an antifungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance. The S40x, S50x, S60x and S100x objectives are spring-loaded (retractable) \u003cbr\u003e* Optional\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR DIFFERENTIAL INTERFERENCE CONTRAST (DIC) AND BRIGHTFIELD\u003cbr\u003eAn optional height-adjustable disc condenser for DIC and brightfield that can be fitted with various primary DIC prisms for use with sliders with secondary DIC prisms to be placed in the nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST \u003cbr\u003eZernike-type condenser N.A. 1.25 with 5-position turret (brightfield, phase 10x, phase 20x, phase 40x and phase 100x). Height-adjustable. Iris diaphragm \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDIASCOPIC ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eTwo Köhler illumination systems are available for the Delphi-X Observer microscope:\u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type with intensity adjustable via 3W NeoLED™ with internal 100-240 V power supply \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type with intensity adjustable via 100W halogen lamp with internal 100-240 V power supply. The diascopic halogen illumination comes with two push-in \/ push-out neutral density filters for smooth attenuation of the light intensity for all types of specimens. The NeoLED™ diascopic illumination comes with one neutral density filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLIGHT INTENSITY MANAGER (LIM) FUNCTION\u003cbr\u003eThe LIM function automatically memorises the preferred intensity when changing objectives. This saves having to adjust the light intensity each time the objective is changed. This function allows the intensity chosen for each objective magnification to be memorised, which considerably improves user efficiency and reduces eye strain. Included as standard on all models with a motorised nosepiece; for other models, see the instructions below. How to order the light intensity memory function: \u003cbr\u003eExample: model DX.1153-PLi\/LIM is the same as model DX.1153-PLi but with the addition of the memory function NEOLED™\u003cbr\u003eThe innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length for iCare Sensor three main benefits:\u003cbr\u003e• More oblique light can be captured from the LED light source, which significantly increases the light output \u003cbr\u003e• Less energy is required to reach this level of light intensity \u003cbr\u003e• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the microscope's optical systems to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor avoids unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle at the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope, and the integrated tool and tool holder ensure that the right tool is always at hand\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml bottle of immersion oil. Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670297317702,"sku":"DX.2153-PLPHi","price":5708.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-DX.2153-PLPHi.jpg?v=1730180790"},{"product_id":"microscopio-trinocular-ergonomico-dx-2158-apli","title":"Ergonomic Trinocular Microscope DX.2158-APLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex Delphi-X Observer Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eState-of-the-art microscopes for advanced life science applications\u003cbr\u003eThe outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer ™, with 25 mm fields of view and the high numerical aperture of the 60 mm parfocal Plan EIS objectives, allows perfect observations and colour reproduction with a high resolving power. This is the perfect microscope for pathologists\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the Delphi-X Observer Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• Super wide field SWF10x\/25 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes\u003cbr\u003e• Extended wide field EWF10x\/22 mm, for Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDARD HEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf-design trinocular head with tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. The standard trinocular head has a three-position optical path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Ø 23.2 mm documentation port\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003eErgonomic trinocular head (optional), tiltable between 0 and 35°, with SWF10x\/25 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm, three-position optical path selector (100:0 \/ 80:20 \/ 0:100). ± 5 dioptre correction on both eyepieces. Ø 23.2 mm documentation port\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer microscope can be extended with a unique multi-head system with a total of 2, 3, 5 or 10 heads, allowing simultaneous observation of specimens. The central attachment is equipped with a trinocular head and a joystick to move a green or red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all the heads\u003cbr\u003eMulti-head systems with two, three or five heads and tubes inclined at 30° are supplied with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces. Multi-head systems with ten heads and tubes inclined at 30° have the main trinocular head equipped with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces and the other nine binocular heads with EWF10x\/22 mm extended wide field eyepieces. The Delphi-X Observer ™ multi-head system with ten heads is supplied without the iCare sensor \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFACE-TO-FACE DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can be supplied with two binocular heads in a face-to-face configuration, allowing simultaneous observation by two operators. The main binocular head is equipped with SWF10x\/25 mm super wide field eyepieces and the second head with EWF10x\/22 mm extended wide field eyepieces. A joystick allows the operator to move a green or red laser pointer across the field of view of both heads \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eInward-facing sextuple nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings. Threaded for 25 mm diameter objectives and with a slot for optional DIC prisms \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMOTORISED NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer™ can be supplied with a motorised sextuple nosepiece in reversed position. A precise stepper motor allows the user to change objectives at the push of a button. Another button allows quick switching between two previously selected objectives. Supplied as standard with the motorised nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eENHANCED INFINITY CORRECTION SYSTEM (EIS)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ enhanced infinity system (EIS) consists of SFWF SFW10x25 mm super wide field eyepieces, parfocal high numerical aperture 60 mm objectives and a tube lens with a focal length of 200 mm. The 200 mm focal length tube lens reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and, as a direct result, significantly improves chromatic aberration correction and contrast. The larger-diameter objectives allow much higher numerical apertures, which improve the overall resolving power of the optical system \u003cbr\u003eFor all these reasons, the Delphi-X Obsever ™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (routine clinical laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ comes as standard with infinity-corrected EIS Plan Achromatic objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion \u003cbr\u003eOptional objectives: Plan Achromatic 2x\/0.06 objective (working distance 7.5 mm), Plan Achromatic S50x\/0.95 (working distance 0.19 mm), Plan Achromatic S60x\/0.80 (working distance 0.30 mm) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (anatomy and histopathology laboratories)\u003cbr\u003eThe Delphi-X Observer ™ can also be supplied with infinity-corrected EIS Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex objectives 4x\/0.13, 10x\/0.30, 20x\/0.50, S40x\/0.75 and S100x\/1.30 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePHASE CONTRAST OBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eInfinity-corrected EIS Plan Achromatic phase contrast objectives 10x\/0.25, 20x\/0.40, s40x\/0.65 and s100x\/1.25 (oil immersion). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• 190 x 152 mm stage with integrated right-hand mechanical stage of 78 x 32 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Designed for 2 slides\u003cbr\u003e• With scratch-resistant Gorilla glass coating • Left-handed mechanical stage available on request (Order reference: add -L to the product number)\u003cbr\u003e(Optional: stage with sapphire glass coating available on request)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing, 100 graduations, 1 μm precision, 100 μm per rotation, total travel range of approximately 35 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage height stop to prevent damage to the specimen and objectives. The coarse focusing system has tension adjustment. The fine focus knobs can be switched from left to right (by magnetic system) according to the user's preference \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER (for brightfield) \u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 0.90\/1.25, swing-out and height-adjustable, with markings indicating the numerical aperture. Models with a swing-out nosepiece are supplied with a motorised condenser that swings out the front lens of the condenser when the 4x objective is used \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003ePlan PLi EIS 2x\/0.06(1) 4x\/0.10 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S50x\/0.95 oil* S60x\/0.80* S100x\/1.25 oil S100x\/1.25 oil iris*\u003cbr\u003ePlan Phase PLPHi EIS 10x\/0.25 20x\/0.40 S40x\/0.65 S100x\/1.25 oil\u003cbr\u003ePlan Semi-Apo PLAi EIS 4x\/0.13 10x\/0.30 20x\/0.50 S40x\/0.75 S100x\/1.30 oil\u003cbr\u003eAll optics are coated with an antifungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance. The S40x, S50x, S60x and S100x objectives are of the retractable type \u003cbr\u003e* Optional\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR DIFFERENTIAL INTERFERENCE CONTRAST (DIC) AND BRIGHTFIELD\u003cbr\u003eAn optional height-adjustable disc condenser for DIC and brightfield that can be equipped with various primary DIC prisms for use with sliders with secondary DIC prisms to be placed in the nosepiece \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST \u003cbr\u003eZernike-type condenser N.A. 1.25 with 5-position turret (brightfield, phase 10x, phase 20x, phase 40x and phase 100x). Height-adjustable. Iris diaphragm \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDIASCOPIC ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eTwo Köhler illuminations are available for the Delphi-X Observer microscope:\u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type, intensity-adjustable NeoLED™ 3W with internal 100-240 V power supply \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler type, intensity-adjustable 100W halogen lamp with internal 100-240 V power supply. The diascopic halogen illumination comes with two push-in \/ push-out neutral density filters for smooth attenuation of the light intensity for all types of specimens. The NeoLED™ diascopic illumination comes with one neutral density filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLIGHT INTENSITY MANAGER FUNCTION (LIM)\u003cbr\u003eThe LIM function automatically memorises the preferred intensity when changing objectives. This saves having to adjust the light intensity every time the objective is changed. This function allows the intensity chosen for each objective magnification to be memorised, which considerably improves user efficiency and reduces eye strain. Included as standard in all models with a motorised nosepiece; for the other models, see the instructions below on how to order the light intensity memory function: \u003cbr\u003eExample: model DX.1153-PLi\/LIM is the same as model DX.1153-PLi but with the addition of the NEOLED™ memory function\u003cbr\u003eThe innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length for iCare Sensor to obtain three main benefits:\u003cbr\u003e• More oblique light can be captured from the LED light source, which significantly increases the light output \u003cbr\u003e• Less power is required to reach this level of light intensity \u003cbr\u003e• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the microscope's optical systems to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor prevents unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle at the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope, and the integrated tool and tool holder ensure that the right tool is always available\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, protective cover, spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml bottle of immersion oil. Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670297383238,"sku":"DX.2158-APLi","price":8383.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-DX.2158-APLi.jpg?v=1730180820"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.letscopes.it\/en\/collections\/microscopios-trinoculares.oembed?page=2","provider":"www.letscopes.com","version":"1.0","type":"link"}